1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17994 6715))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17994 6715))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17994 6715))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17994 6740))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17994 6715))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
800 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
801 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
802 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
803 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
804 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
805 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
808 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
809 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
811 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
812 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
814 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
815 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
816 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
818 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
820 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
822 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
823 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
825 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
826 setup for auto-startup.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
833 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17994 6715))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
836 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
838 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
839 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
840 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
841 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
842 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
843 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
845 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
847 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
850 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
854 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
855 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17994 6715))
856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
858 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
859 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
860 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
861 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
862 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
863 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
864 in the current window.
866 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
868 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
869 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
870 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
872 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
874 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
875 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
876 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
878 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
882 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
883 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17994 6715))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
886 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
887 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
891 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
892 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
894 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
895 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
896 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
897 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
899 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
900 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
902 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
904 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
908 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
909 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17833 42928))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
912 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
913 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
914 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
915 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
916 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
919 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
920 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
921 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
924 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
925 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
926 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
927 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
931 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
932 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
937 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
938 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
939 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
945 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
946 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
947 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
948 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17952 17513))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
951 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
952 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
953 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
954 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
956 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
958 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
959 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
961 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
963 (defvar appt-audible t "\
964 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
966 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
968 (defvar appt-visible t "\
969 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
970 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
972 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
974 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
975 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
976 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
978 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
980 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
981 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
982 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
984 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
986 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
987 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
988 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
990 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
992 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
993 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
994 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
996 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
998 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
999 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
1000 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1002 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1004 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1005 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1009 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1010 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1011 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1012 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1013 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1014 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1015 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1017 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1020 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1021 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1025 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1026 Toggle checking of appointments.
1027 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1028 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1035 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1036 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17842 58280))
1037 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1039 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1040 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1041 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1042 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1044 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1045 kind of objects to search.
1047 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1049 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1050 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1051 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1052 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1053 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1054 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1056 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1061 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1063 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1064 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1065 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1067 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1068 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1070 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071 noninteractive functions.
1073 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1074 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1076 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1077 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1079 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1081 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1082 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1084 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1086 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1087 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1088 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1089 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1091 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1092 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1093 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1094 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1096 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1097 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1099 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1101 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1103 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1104 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1111 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1112 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1116 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1117 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1123 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1124 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1126 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1132 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17960
1134 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1136 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1137 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1138 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1139 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1140 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1141 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1143 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1144 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1147 \\{archive-mode-map}
1149 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17842 58280))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1156 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1157 Major mode for editing arrays.
1159 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1160 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1161 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1163 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1165 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1166 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1167 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1169 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1170 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1171 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1172 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1175 Variables you assign:
1176 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1177 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1178 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1179 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1180 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1181 row numbers in the buffer.
1183 Variables which are calculated:
1184 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1185 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1187 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1188 take a numeric prefix argument):
1190 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1191 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1192 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1193 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1195 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1200 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1201 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1202 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1203 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1205 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1206 between that of point and mark.
1208 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1209 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1211 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1212 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1213 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1214 newlines inside rows)
1216 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1218 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1224 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17842
1226 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1228 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1229 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1230 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1231 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1233 How to quit artist mode
1235 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1238 How to submit a bug report
1240 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1243 Drawing with the mouse:
1246 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1247 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1251 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1254 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1288 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1289 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1290 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1291 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1294 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1295 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1296 overwrite means the opposite.
1298 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1299 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1300 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1302 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1304 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1305 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1307 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1308 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1309 are currently drawing something.
1311 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1315 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1316 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1321 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1323 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1325 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1327 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1329 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1330 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1332 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1337 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1338 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1339 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1340 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1341 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1342 When pasting: Pastes
1344 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1346 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1348 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1349 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1350 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1351 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1352 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1353 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1358 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1359 of the line/poly-line
1361 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1362 of the line/poly-line
1367 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1369 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1373 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1374 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1375 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1376 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1377 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1378 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1379 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1380 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1381 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1382 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1385 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1386 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1387 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1388 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1393 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1394 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1396 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1397 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1398 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1399 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1400 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1401 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1402 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1403 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1404 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1405 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1406 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1407 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1408 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1409 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1410 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1411 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1412 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1413 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1414 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1418 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1419 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1426 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17842
1432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1434 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1435 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1436 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1438 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1439 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1440 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1441 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1443 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1444 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1446 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1447 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1449 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1458 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1459 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1462 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1465 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" t)
1467 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1468 This command is obsolete.
1474 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1475 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1476 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1478 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1479 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1480 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1482 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1484 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1485 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1486 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1487 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1488 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1489 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1490 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1491 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1492 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1493 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1496 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1497 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1498 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1499 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1500 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1502 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1506 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1507 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1508 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1510 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1511 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1513 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1515 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1516 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1517 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1518 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1519 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1520 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1522 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1528 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1529 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
1530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1532 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1533 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1539 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1540 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17842 58280))
1541 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1543 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1544 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1545 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1549 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1550 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1551 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1552 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1554 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1556 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1557 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1558 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1559 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1560 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1561 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1563 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1565 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1566 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1567 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1568 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1570 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1571 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1577 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1578 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1579 ;;;;;; (17860 50557))
1580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1582 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1583 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1584 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1585 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1586 save the buffer too.
1588 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1590 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1592 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1593 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1594 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1595 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1596 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1597 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1599 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1600 directory or directories specified.
1602 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1604 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1605 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1606 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1612 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1613 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1614 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17925 15265))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1617 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1618 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1620 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1621 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1622 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1623 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1624 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1628 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1629 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1631 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1632 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1636 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1637 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1638 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1640 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1641 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1642 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1643 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1644 reflected in the current buffer.
1646 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1647 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1648 writing before you save the file!
1650 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1654 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1655 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1657 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1658 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1662 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1663 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1664 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1666 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1667 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1669 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1671 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1672 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1674 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1675 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1676 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1682 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1683 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17842 58280))
1684 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1686 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1687 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1688 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1689 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1690 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1692 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1694 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1695 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1696 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1697 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1699 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1700 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1701 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1703 Effects of the different modes:
1704 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1705 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1706 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1707 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1708 a random distance & direction.
1709 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1710 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1711 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1713 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1715 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1716 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1717 definition of \"random distance\".)
1719 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1723 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1724 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
1725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1727 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1728 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1730 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1731 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1735 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1736 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1737 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1738 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1740 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1742 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1744 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1748 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1749 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1750 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1751 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1753 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1754 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1755 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1756 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1760 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1761 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1762 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1764 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1765 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1767 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1769 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1770 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1771 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1772 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1773 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1780 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1781 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17842 54152))
1782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1784 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1785 Time execution of FORMS.
1786 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1787 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1789 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1790 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1791 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1793 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1795 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1796 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1797 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1798 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1799 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1801 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1803 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1804 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1805 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1806 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1807 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1809 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1813 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17956
1815 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1817 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1818 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1820 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1822 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1823 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1824 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1825 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1827 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1828 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1829 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1830 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1831 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1833 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1834 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1837 Special information:
1839 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1841 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1842 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1843 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1844 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1845 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1846 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1847 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1848 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1849 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1850 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1851 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1853 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1854 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1855 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1856 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1857 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1858 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1859 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1860 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1862 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1864 ----------------------------------------------------------
1865 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1866 if that value is non-nil.
1874 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1875 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1876 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
1877 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1879 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1881 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1882 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1883 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1885 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1887 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1888 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1890 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1892 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1893 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1895 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1899 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17842
1901 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1903 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1905 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1909 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1910 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1911 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1912 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1913 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1918 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1919 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1922 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1925 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1926 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1928 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1929 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1931 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1932 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1933 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1934 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1935 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1936 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1940 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1942 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1943 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1944 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1945 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1947 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1948 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1949 denoted by the letter `R'.
1951 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1952 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1953 denoted by the letter `H'.
1955 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1958 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1959 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1960 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1961 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1962 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1963 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1966 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1967 degree deflection it causes.
1970 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1971 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1972 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1973 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1974 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1975 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1976 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1977 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1980 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1981 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1986 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1987 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1993 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1994 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1995 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1996 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1997 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1998 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1999 emerging from the box.
2001 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2003 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2004 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2005 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2007 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2008 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2010 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2012 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2019 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2020 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2021 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2022 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17842 58280))
2023 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2024 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2025 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2026 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2028 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2029 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2030 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2031 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2032 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2033 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2034 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2038 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2039 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2043 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2044 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2045 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2046 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2048 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2049 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2050 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2051 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2052 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2053 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2054 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2055 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2058 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2059 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2060 yank successive words.
2062 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2063 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2064 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2065 name of the file being visited.
2067 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2068 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2069 the list of bookmarks.)
2071 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2073 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2074 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2075 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2076 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2077 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2080 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2081 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2082 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2083 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2085 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2087 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2088 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2089 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2090 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2091 after a bookmark was set in it.
2093 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2095 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2096 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2097 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2098 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2100 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2102 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2104 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2105 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2106 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2107 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2109 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2110 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2111 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2113 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2114 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2117 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2119 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2120 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2121 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2122 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2123 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2126 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2128 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2129 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2130 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2131 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2132 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2133 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2134 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2135 probably because we were called from there.
2137 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2139 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2140 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2141 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2145 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2146 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2147 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2148 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2151 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2152 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2153 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2154 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2155 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2157 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2158 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2159 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2160 `bookmark-default-file'.
2162 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2164 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2165 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2166 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2167 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2168 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2171 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2172 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2173 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2174 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2175 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2178 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2179 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2180 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2181 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2183 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2185 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2186 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2187 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2188 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2189 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2193 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2195 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2197 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2199 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2203 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2205 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2206 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2207 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2208 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2209 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2210 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2211 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2212 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17842 55218))
2213 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2215 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2216 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2217 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2218 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2220 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2221 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2222 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2223 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2224 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2226 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2228 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2229 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2231 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2233 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2234 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2236 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2238 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2243 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2244 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2245 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2246 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2247 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2248 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2250 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2252 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2253 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2254 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2255 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2258 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2260 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2261 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2265 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2268 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2270 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2272 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2273 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2275 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2279 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2280 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2284 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2285 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2286 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2287 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2288 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2293 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2294 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2295 Default to the URL around or before point.
2297 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2298 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2299 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2300 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2303 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2305 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2306 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2307 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2309 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2322 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2323 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2333 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2335 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2336 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2337 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2338 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2340 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2341 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2342 new tab in an existing window instead.
2344 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2345 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2347 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2349 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2351 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2352 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2355 When called interactively, if variable
2356 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2357 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2358 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2359 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2361 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2362 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2363 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2365 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2366 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2369 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2370 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2371 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2372 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2373 URL in a new window.
2375 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2377 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2379 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2380 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2384 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2385 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2388 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2389 new tab in an existing window instead.
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2392 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2396 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2403 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2404 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2414 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2415 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2416 program is invoked according to the variable
2417 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2419 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2420 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2421 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2422 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2425 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2427 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2429 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2430 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2431 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2432 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2434 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2436 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2437 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2438 Default to the URL around or before point.
2440 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2441 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2442 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2444 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2445 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2446 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2447 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2456 Default to the URL around or before point.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point.
2464 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2465 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2466 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2469 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2473 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2475 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2476 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2480 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2481 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2482 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2483 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2484 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2491 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2493 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2494 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2495 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2496 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2499 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2503 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2504 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2505 Default to the URL around or before point.
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2509 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2510 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2511 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2512 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2513 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2518 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2519 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2529 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2530 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2531 don't offer a form of remote control.
2533 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2535 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2537 Default to the URL around or before point.
2539 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17842
2545 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2547 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2548 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2552 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2553 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2560 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17842 58280))
2561 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2563 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2564 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2565 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2566 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2570 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2571 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2572 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2573 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2577 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2578 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2582 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2583 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2585 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2586 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2587 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2588 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2590 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2591 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2592 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2593 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2594 name of buffer configuration.
2600 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2601 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17992
2603 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2605 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2606 Keymap used by buttons.")
2608 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2609 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2610 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2612 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2613 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2614 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2615 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2616 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2617 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2619 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2620 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2621 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2622 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2624 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2626 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2627 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2628 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2629 specifying properties to add to the button.
2630 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2631 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2632 `define-button-type'.
2634 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2636 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2638 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2639 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2640 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2641 specifying properties to add to the button.
2642 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2643 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2644 `define-button-type'.
2646 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2648 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2650 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2651 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2652 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2653 specifying properties to add to the button.
2654 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2655 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2656 `define-button-type'.
2658 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2659 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2660 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2663 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2665 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2667 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2668 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2669 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2670 specifying properties to add to the button.
2671 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2672 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2673 `define-button-type'.
2675 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2676 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2677 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2678 `insert-text-button'.
2680 Also see `make-text-button'.
2682 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2686 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2687 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2688 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2689 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2690 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17949 41467))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2692 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2693 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2694 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2696 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2701 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2702 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2703 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2705 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2707 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2708 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2709 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2710 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2712 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2713 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2714 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2715 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2716 whether to compile it.
2718 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2720 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2721 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2723 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2724 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2727 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2728 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2729 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2730 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2731 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2733 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2735 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2736 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2737 Print the result in the echo area.
2738 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2742 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2743 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2744 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2746 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2748 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2749 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2750 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2751 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2752 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2753 all functions called by those functions.
2755 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2756 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2759 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2760 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2761 invoked interactively.
2763 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2765 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2766 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2767 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2768 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2772 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2773 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2774 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2775 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2776 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2777 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2778 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2781 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2783 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2784 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2785 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2786 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2788 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2789 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2790 and corresponding effects.
2792 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17956 13479))
2797 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2799 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2801 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2805 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2806 ;;;;;; (17956 13479))
2807 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2809 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2810 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2811 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2812 from the cursor position.
2814 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2818 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2819 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2820 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2821 ;;;;;; (17965 11665))
2822 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2824 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2825 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2827 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2828 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2830 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2831 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2835 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2836 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2838 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2840 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2841 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2843 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2845 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2846 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2850 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2851 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2852 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2853 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2855 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2857 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2858 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2859 This is most useful in the X window system.
2860 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2861 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2863 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2865 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2866 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2867 See calc-keypad for details.
2869 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2871 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2872 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2874 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2876 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2877 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2879 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2881 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2882 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2884 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2886 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2887 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2888 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2890 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2892 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2895 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2899 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17870
2901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2903 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2904 Run the Emacs calculator.
2905 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2911 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2912 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2913 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2914 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2915 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2916 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2917 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2918 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2919 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2920 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2921 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2922 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2923 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2924 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2925 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2926 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2927 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2928 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17956 13479))
2929 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2931 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2932 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2933 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2934 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2937 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2939 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2940 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2941 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2942 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2943 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2944 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2946 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2948 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2949 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2950 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2952 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2954 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2955 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2956 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2958 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2960 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2961 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2962 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2965 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2967 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2968 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2969 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2971 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2973 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2974 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2975 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2977 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2979 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2981 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2982 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2983 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2985 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2988 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2990 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2991 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2992 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2994 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2997 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2999 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3000 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3001 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3003 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3006 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3008 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3009 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3010 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3012 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3014 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3015 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3016 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3017 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3018 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3020 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3022 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3023 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3024 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3025 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3026 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3027 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3028 a function is also provided for this:
3029 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3031 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3032 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3033 date is not visible in the window.
3035 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3036 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3037 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3039 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3041 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3042 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3044 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3045 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3046 date is visible in the window.
3048 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3049 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3050 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3052 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3054 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3055 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3059 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3061 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3063 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3065 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3066 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3068 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3069 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3077 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3078 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3079 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3080 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3081 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3082 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3083 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3084 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3085 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3086 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3087 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3088 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3091 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3092 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3093 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3094 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3102 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3103 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3105 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3106 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3107 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3108 window but will appear in a diary window.
3110 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3111 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3113 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3114 entries (in the default American style):
3116 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3117 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3118 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3120 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3121 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3122 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3123 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3124 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3125 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3126 &* 15 time cards due.
3128 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3129 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3130 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3134 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3135 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3136 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3137 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3138 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3139 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3141 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3142 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3143 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3145 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3147 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3149 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3150 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3151 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3152 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3153 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3154 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3155 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3156 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3157 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3158 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3161 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3162 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3163 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3164 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3165 documentation for these functions for details.
3167 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3168 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3170 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3172 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3173 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3175 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3177 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3178 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3180 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3182 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3183 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3185 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3187 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3188 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3190 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3192 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3193 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3194 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3196 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3198 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3199 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3200 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3202 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3204 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3205 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3206 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3207 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3210 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3212 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3213 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3214 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3215 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3224 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3225 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3226 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3229 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3230 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3231 `american-calendar'.")
3233 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3235 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3236 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3237 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3239 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3241 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3242 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3243 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3245 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3247 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3248 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3249 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3251 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3253 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3254 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3255 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3257 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3259 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3260 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3261 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3262 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3263 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3264 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3266 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3268 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3269 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3270 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3272 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3273 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3274 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3277 #include \"filename\"
3279 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3280 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3281 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3282 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3283 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3285 For example, you could use
3287 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3288 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3289 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3291 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3292 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3293 lexicographic order.")
3295 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3297 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3298 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3299 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3301 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3303 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3304 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3305 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3308 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3309 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3310 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3311 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3312 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3313 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3314 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3316 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3317 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3318 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3319 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3320 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3321 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3322 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3323 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3325 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3327 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3328 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3329 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3330 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3331 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3332 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3333 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3335 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3337 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3338 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3340 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3341 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3342 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3344 #include \"filename\"
3345 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3346 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3347 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3348 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3349 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3351 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3353 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3354 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3355 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3356 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3357 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3358 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3359 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3361 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3363 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3364 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3365 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3368 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3370 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3371 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3372 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3373 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3374 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3376 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3378 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3380 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3381 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3382 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3384 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3386 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3388 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3392 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3394 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3396 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3398 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3400 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3402 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3404 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3405 User defined holidays.
3406 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3408 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3410 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3412 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3414 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3416 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3418 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3420 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3422 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3424 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3426 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3428 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3432 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3434 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3436 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3440 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3442 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3444 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3446 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3448 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3450 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3452 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3454 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3456 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3458 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3460 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3461 Sun-related holidays.
3462 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3464 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3466 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3468 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3469 The frame setup of the calendar.
3470 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3471 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3472 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3473 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3474 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3476 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3478 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3479 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3480 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3482 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3483 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3487 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3488 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3489 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3491 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3492 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3493 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3494 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3496 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3500 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3501 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17842 54741))
3502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3504 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3505 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3507 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3509 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3510 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3511 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3514 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17842
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3521 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3525 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3526 ;;;;;; (17942 63381))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3529 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3530 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3536 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3537 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3538 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
3539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3541 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3542 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3543 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3544 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3545 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3546 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3547 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3549 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3551 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3552 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3553 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3555 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3556 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3557 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3558 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3560 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3561 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3562 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3563 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3564 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3565 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3567 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3569 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3570 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3577 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3578 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3580 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3581 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3582 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3583 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3584 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3585 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3588 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3590 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3591 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3598 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3599 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3600 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3602 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3603 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3604 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3605 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3606 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3607 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3610 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3612 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3613 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3620 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3621 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3622 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3624 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3625 Major mode for editing Java code.
3626 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3627 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3628 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3629 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3632 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3634 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3635 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3642 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3643 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3644 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3646 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3647 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3648 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3649 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3650 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3651 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3654 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3656 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3657 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3664 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3665 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3666 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3667 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3669 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3670 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3671 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3672 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3673 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3674 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3677 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3679 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3680 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3686 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3687 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3688 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3689 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3690 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3691 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3695 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3696 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17842 56333))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3699 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3700 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3701 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3702 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3704 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3706 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3707 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3710 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3711 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3712 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3713 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3716 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3717 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3718 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3719 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3722 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3724 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3725 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3726 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3727 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3729 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3731 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3732 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3733 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3735 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3737 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3738 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3739 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3740 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3741 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3743 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17949
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3750 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17941 38806))
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3756 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3757 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3758 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3762 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3763 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3764 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
3765 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3767 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3768 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3770 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3772 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3773 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3775 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3777 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3778 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3780 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3781 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3782 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3783 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3786 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3788 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3790 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3791 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3793 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3794 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3798 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3799 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3800 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3801 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3802 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3805 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3806 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3807 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3808 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3810 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3811 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3814 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3816 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3818 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3821 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3822 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3824 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3825 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3826 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3829 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3831 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3832 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3833 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3835 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3837 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3839 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3840 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3842 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3846 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3848 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3850 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3851 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3854 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3855 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3858 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3860 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3861 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3862 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3863 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3864 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3865 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3866 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3867 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3868 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3869 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3870 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3871 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3872 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3873 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3874 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3875 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3878 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3879 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3881 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3882 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3884 | (write EXPRESSION)
3885 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3886 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3889 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3892 ;; Same as: (write string)
3894 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3895 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3896 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3899 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3900 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3901 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3902 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3903 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3904 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3906 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3907 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3909 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3912 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3913 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3914 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3916 ARG := REG | integer
3919 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3922 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3925 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3928 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3929 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3932 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3933 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3934 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3937 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3938 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3939 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3942 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3943 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3945 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3946 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3947 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3950 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3951 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3954 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3955 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3957 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3960 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3964 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3965 ;; Same meaning as C code
3966 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3968 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3973 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3974 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3977 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3978 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3982 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3986 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3987 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3988 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3990 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3991 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3992 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3994 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3995 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3996 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3997 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3998 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4001 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4003 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
4004 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4005 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4006 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4007 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4008 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4010 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4012 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4013 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4014 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4016 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4018 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4022 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4023 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4024 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4026 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4027 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4028 There are no special keybindings by default.
4030 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4031 to the action header.
4037 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4038 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4039 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4040 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4041 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4042 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4043 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4044 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4045 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4048 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4049 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4050 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4051 the users will view as each check is completed.
4055 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4056 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4057 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4058 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4059 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4060 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4061 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4062 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4064 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4066 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4067 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4068 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4069 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4070 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4071 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4072 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4073 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4075 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4077 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4078 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4079 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4080 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4081 spacing are all verified.
4085 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4086 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4087 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4088 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4089 otherwise stop after the first error.
4091 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4093 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4094 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4095 Only documentation strings are checked.
4096 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4097 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4100 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4102 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4103 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4104 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4105 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4106 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4108 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4111 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4112 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4113 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4116 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4118 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4119 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4120 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4121 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4123 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4125 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4127 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4128 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4129 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4131 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4133 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4134 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4135 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4136 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4137 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4141 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4142 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4143 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4144 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4145 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4146 space at the end of each line.
4148 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4150 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4151 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4152 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4153 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4155 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4157 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4158 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4159 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4160 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4162 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4164 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4165 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4166 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4167 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4169 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4171 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4172 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4173 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4174 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4176 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4178 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4179 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4180 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4181 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4183 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4186 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4187 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4188 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4190 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4192 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4193 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4194 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4195 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4197 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4199 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4200 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4201 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4202 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4204 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4206 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4207 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4208 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4209 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4211 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4213 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4214 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4215 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4217 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4218 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4219 checking of documentation strings.
4221 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4227 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4228 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17842
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4232 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4233 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4234 Return the length of resulting text.
4236 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4238 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4239 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4243 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4244 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4245 Return the length of resulting text.
4247 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4249 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4250 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4256 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4257 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17842 58280))
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4260 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4261 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4262 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4263 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4264 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4265 editing and the result is evaluated.
4267 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4269 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4270 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4271 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4272 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4273 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4275 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4279 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4280 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4281 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4282 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4283 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4285 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4286 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4287 \\{command-history-map}
4289 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4290 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17842 54152))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4299 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4300 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4301 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4302 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4303 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4304 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4306 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4307 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4311 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4312 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4315 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4318 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4322 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4323 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4326 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4327 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4328 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4329 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4331 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4332 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4333 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4334 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4336 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4337 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4339 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4343 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17842
4345 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4347 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4348 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4349 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4350 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4351 of `scheme-program-name').
4352 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4353 it is given as initial input.
4354 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4355 discards input when it starts up.
4356 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4358 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4361 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4365 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4366 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
4367 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4369 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4370 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4371 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4372 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4373 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4375 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4377 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4406 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4407 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4408 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4410 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4411 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4412 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4413 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4414 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4415 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4416 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4417 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4418 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4419 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4420 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4421 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4425 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4426 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4427 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17842 54888))
4428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4430 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4431 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4432 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4435 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4436 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4437 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4438 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4440 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4442 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4443 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4444 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4446 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4448 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4449 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4450 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4452 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4454 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4455 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4456 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4458 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4460 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4461 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4463 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4464 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4465 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4467 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4468 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4472 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4473 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4475 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4476 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4477 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4479 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4483 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4484 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4485 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4486 ;;;;;; (17937 3189))
4487 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4489 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4490 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4491 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4492 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4493 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4494 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4495 functions have already modified the buffer.
4497 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4499 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4500 either globally or locally.")
4502 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4504 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4505 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4506 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4507 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4508 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4509 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4510 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4511 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4513 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4515 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4517 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4518 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4519 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4520 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4521 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4522 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4523 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4524 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4526 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4528 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4530 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4531 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4532 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4533 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4534 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4535 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4537 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4539 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4540 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4541 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4542 directory tracking functions.")
4544 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4545 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4546 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4548 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4550 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4552 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4553 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4554 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4556 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4558 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4560 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4561 Send COMMAND to current process.
4562 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4563 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4565 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4567 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4568 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4569 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4570 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4572 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4576 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17926
4578 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4580 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4581 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4582 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4583 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4585 This command pushes the mark in each window
4586 at the prior location of point in that window.
4587 If both windows display the same buffer,
4588 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4589 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4591 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4592 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4593 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4594 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4595 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4596 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4597 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4600 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4601 this command work in interlaced mode:
4602 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4603 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4604 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4606 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4610 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4611 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4612 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4613 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4614 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18006 55797))
4615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4617 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4618 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4620 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4622 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4623 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4625 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4627 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4628 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4629 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4630 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4631 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4632 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4633 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4635 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4636 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4637 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4638 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4639 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4641 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4642 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4643 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4644 describing how the process finished.")
4646 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4647 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4648 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4649 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4650 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4652 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4653 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4654 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4656 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4658 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4659 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4660 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4661 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4663 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4665 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4666 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4668 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4669 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4671 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4673 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4674 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4675 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4676 (concat \"make -k \"
4677 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4679 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4680 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4682 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4683 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4684 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4685 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4687 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4689 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4690 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4691 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4692 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4694 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4695 and move to the source code that caused it.
4697 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4698 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4700 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4701 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4702 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4703 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4705 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4706 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4707 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4708 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4711 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4712 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4713 to a function that generates a unique name.
4715 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4717 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4718 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4719 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4720 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4722 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4723 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4724 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4725 to determine the buffer name.
4727 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4728 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4729 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4731 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4733 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4735 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4736 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4737 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4738 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4739 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4741 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4743 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4745 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4747 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4748 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4749 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4750 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4751 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4752 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4753 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4757 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4758 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4759 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4760 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4761 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4762 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4766 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4767 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4768 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4770 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4772 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4776 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4777 ;;;;;; (17954 15344))
4778 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4780 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4781 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4782 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4785 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4787 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4789 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4790 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4791 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4793 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4794 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4795 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4796 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4798 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4799 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4800 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4801 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4803 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4804 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4805 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4806 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4808 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4809 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4810 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4811 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4812 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4818 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4819 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4822 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4823 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4824 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4826 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4827 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4829 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4831 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4832 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4838 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4839 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4840 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4841 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17842 58280))
4842 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4844 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4845 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4846 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4847 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4850 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4852 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4853 | | 1:tc or top-center
4854 | | 2:tr or top-right
4855 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4856 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4857 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4858 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4859 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4860 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4862 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4863 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4864 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4865 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4868 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4869 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4870 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4872 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4876 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4880 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4883 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4884 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4885 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4886 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4888 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4890 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4891 Compose characters in the current region.
4893 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4894 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4896 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4898 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4899 specifying the region.
4901 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4902 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4903 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4905 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4906 of the text in the region.
4908 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4910 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4911 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4912 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4913 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4915 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4916 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4919 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4920 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4921 text in the composition.
4923 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4925 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4926 Decompose text in the current region.
4928 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4929 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4931 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4933 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4934 Compose characters in string STRING.
4936 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4937 the characters in it.
4939 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4940 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4941 STRING respectively.
4943 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4944 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4945 `compose-region' for more detail.
4947 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4948 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4949 text in the composition.
4951 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4953 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4954 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4956 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4958 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4959 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4960 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4961 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4962 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4963 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4964 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4965 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4967 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4969 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4970 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4972 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4973 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4975 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4976 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4978 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4979 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4981 If no composition is found, return nil.
4983 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4984 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4986 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4987 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4988 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4990 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4992 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4994 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4995 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4996 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4998 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5000 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
5002 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
5004 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5005 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5007 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5008 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5009 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5010 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5011 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5012 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5013 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5016 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5018 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5019 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5021 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5023 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5024 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5026 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5028 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5030 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5031 Compose last characters.
5032 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5033 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5034 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5035 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5036 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5037 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5038 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5039 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5040 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5041 after a sequence of character events.
5044 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5046 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5047 Convert CHAR to string.
5049 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5050 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5051 vector of CHAR respectively.
5052 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5054 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5056 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5060 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5061 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5062 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5063 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
5064 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5066 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5067 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5068 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5069 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5070 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5071 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5072 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5074 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5075 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5076 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5078 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5079 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5080 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5082 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5083 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5084 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5085 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5087 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5088 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5089 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5090 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5091 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5092 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5093 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5099 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5100 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5101 Comments start with `#'.
5102 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5104 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5114 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5115 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5116 Comments start with `;'.
5117 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5119 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5121 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5122 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5123 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5125 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5126 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5130 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5131 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5132 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5133 between `/*' and `*/'.
5134 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5136 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5137 // another kind of comment
5149 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5150 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5151 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5152 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5153 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5154 `conf-space-keywords'.
5155 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5156 in an interactive fashion instead.
5158 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5160 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5162 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5166 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5168 # Standard multimedia devices
5169 add /dev/audio desktop
5170 add /dev/mixer desktop
5174 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5175 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5176 See `conf-space-mode'.
5178 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5180 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5181 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5182 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5183 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5185 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5187 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5188 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5192 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5193 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5194 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5195 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5197 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5199 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5200 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5204 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5205 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5206 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5207 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5209 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5218 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5219 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17842 55395))
5220 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5222 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5223 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5224 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5225 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5227 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5229 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5230 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5231 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5232 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5234 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5236 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5237 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5238 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5239 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5241 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5243 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5244 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5246 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5250 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5251 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17842 54152))
5252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5254 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5255 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5256 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5257 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5258 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5259 following the copyright are updated as well.
5260 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5263 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5265 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5266 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5267 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5271 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5272 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5274 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5278 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5279 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17955 36604))
5280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5282 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5283 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5284 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5285 Tab indents for Perl code.
5286 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5287 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5289 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5290 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5291 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5292 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5293 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5294 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5295 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5296 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5297 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5298 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5299 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5300 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5302 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5304 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5305 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5307 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5309 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5310 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5311 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5312 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5313 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5314 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5315 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5316 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5317 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5319 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5323 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5324 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5325 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5328 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5329 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5330 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5332 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5334 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5335 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5336 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5337 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5338 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5340 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5350 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5351 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5352 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5353 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5354 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5355 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5356 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5357 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5358 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5359 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5360 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5361 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5362 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5364 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5365 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5366 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5367 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5368 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5369 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5371 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5372 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5375 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5376 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5377 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5378 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5379 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5381 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5382 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5383 span the needed amount of lines.
5385 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5386 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5387 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5388 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5390 Variables controlling indentation style:
5391 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5392 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5393 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5394 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5395 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5396 `cperl-auto-newline'
5397 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5398 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5399 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5400 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5401 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5402 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5403 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5404 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5405 `cperl-indent-level'
5406 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5407 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5408 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5409 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5410 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5411 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5412 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5413 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5414 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5415 `cperl-brace-offset'
5416 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5417 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5418 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5419 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5420 `cperl-label-offset'
5421 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5422 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5423 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5425 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5426 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5427 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5428 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5429 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5430 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5432 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5433 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5434 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5435 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5437 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5438 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5439 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5440 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5441 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5442 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5444 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5445 column 0 is indented on
5446 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5448 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5451 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5452 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5453 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5457 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5458 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5462 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5463 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5469 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5470 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
5471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5473 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5474 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5475 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5476 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5477 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5481 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5482 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5488 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5489 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
5490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5492 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5493 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5494 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5495 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5498 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5500 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5502 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5503 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5504 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5508 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5512 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5513 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
5514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5516 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5517 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5518 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5519 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5521 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5522 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5523 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5524 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5526 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5527 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5528 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5530 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5531 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5534 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5535 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5536 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5538 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5540 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5541 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5542 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5544 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5548 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5549 ;;;;;; (17888 45995))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5552 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5553 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5554 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5557 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5559 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5561 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5562 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5563 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5564 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5565 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5567 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5568 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5569 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5570 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5571 function of these prefix keys.
5573 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5574 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5576 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5577 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5578 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5580 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5581 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5582 the prefix fallback behavior.
5584 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5585 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5586 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5587 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5591 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5592 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5595 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5596 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5597 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5598 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5599 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5600 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5601 (if user-init-file (concat
5602 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5603 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5607 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5608 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5609 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5610 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5611 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5612 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5613 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5614 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5615 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5616 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5617 ;;;;;; (17952 11093))
5618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5620 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5621 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5623 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5625 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5626 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5628 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5630 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5631 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5633 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5634 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5636 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5637 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5639 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5640 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5642 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5643 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5645 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5647 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5649 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5650 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5651 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5653 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5654 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5656 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5657 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5659 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5660 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5662 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5664 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5666 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5667 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5670 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5671 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5673 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5674 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5676 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5677 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5679 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5681 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5683 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5684 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5685 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5686 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5687 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5691 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5692 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5693 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5694 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5698 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5699 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5703 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5704 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5708 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5710 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5713 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5715 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5717 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5718 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5719 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5721 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5723 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5724 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5725 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5726 as part of Emacs itself.
5728 Each elements looks like this:
5730 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5732 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5733 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5734 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5735 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5736 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5737 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5738 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5741 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5743 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5744 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5745 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5746 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5747 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5749 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5750 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5751 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5752 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5754 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5756 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5757 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5758 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5759 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5760 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5762 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5763 that were added or redefined since that version.
5765 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5767 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5768 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5769 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5770 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5772 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5773 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5775 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5777 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5778 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5779 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5781 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5782 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5784 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5786 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5787 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5791 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5792 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5796 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all already saved user options.
5801 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5802 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5803 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5804 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5805 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5806 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5807 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5808 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5810 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5812 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5814 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5815 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5817 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5819 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5820 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5822 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5824 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5825 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5827 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5829 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5830 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5831 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5832 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5833 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5836 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5838 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5839 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5840 The result includes selecting that window.
5841 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5842 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5843 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5846 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5848 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5849 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5851 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5853 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5854 File used for storing customization information.
5855 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5856 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5857 it should be an absolute file name.
5859 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5860 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5861 something like the following in your init file:
5863 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5866 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5867 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5869 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5870 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5871 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5872 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5873 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5875 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5876 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5877 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5878 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5879 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5880 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5881 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5882 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5883 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5884 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5886 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5888 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5893 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5894 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5898 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5899 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5900 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5902 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5904 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5905 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5906 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5907 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5908 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5910 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5915 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17842 58280))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5918 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5919 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5921 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5923 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5924 Alist of face attributes.
5926 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5927 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5928 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5929 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5930 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5931 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5933 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5934 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5935 customization type TYPE).
5937 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5938 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5939 given face attribute.")
5941 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5942 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5943 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5944 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5946 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5948 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5949 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5950 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5951 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5952 between themes and faces.
5953 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5955 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5956 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5958 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5960 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5961 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5962 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5966 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5968 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5970 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5971 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5972 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5974 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5978 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5980 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5984 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5985 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5988 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5989 Create a custom theme.
5995 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5996 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5997 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5999 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
6000 Mode used for cvs status output.
6006 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6007 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17860 50532))
6008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6010 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6011 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6013 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6014 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6015 C++ modes are included.
6017 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6021 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6024 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6025 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6029 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6030 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6031 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6034 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6036 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6038 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6039 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
6040 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6041 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6042 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6049 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6050 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6053 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6054 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6056 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6058 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6059 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6061 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6063 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6064 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6065 For readability, the table is slightly
6066 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6068 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6069 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6070 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6071 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6072 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6074 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6079 ;;;;;; (18006 55794))
6080 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6081 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6082 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6084 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6085 Completion on current word.
6086 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6087 and presents suggestions for completion.
6089 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6090 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6093 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6094 then it searches *all* buffers.
6096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6098 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6099 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6101 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6102 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6103 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6104 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6105 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6107 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6108 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6110 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6111 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6112 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6114 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6115 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6117 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17949
6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6127 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6128 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6130 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6131 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6132 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6134 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6135 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6136 Data lines are not indented.
6141 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6143 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6144 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6145 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6146 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6148 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6151 Extra indentation within blocks.
6153 dcl-continuation-offset
6154 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6157 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6159 dcl-margin-label-offset
6160 Indentation for a label.
6162 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6163 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6165 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6166 dcl-block-end-regexp
6167 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6168 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6169 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6170 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6171 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6173 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6174 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6175 Two such functions are included in the package:
6176 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6177 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6179 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6180 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6181 One such function is included in the package:
6182 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6184 dcl-tab-always-indent
6185 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6186 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6189 dcl-electric-characters
6190 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6193 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6194 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6195 which words trigger electric indentation.
6198 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6199 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6200 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6202 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6203 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6204 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6205 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6207 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6208 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6209 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6210 dcl-imenu-label-call
6211 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6213 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6214 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6215 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6216 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6219 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6221 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6222 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6223 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6225 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6226 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6230 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6231 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6232 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6233 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6234 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6235 \"lined up with the command line\"
6237 Data lines are not indented at all.
6238 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6243 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6244 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6250 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6251 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17842 54152))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6254 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6256 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6257 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6258 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6261 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6262 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6263 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6265 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6267 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6268 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6270 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6272 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6273 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6274 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6275 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6276 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6277 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6279 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6280 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6282 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6284 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6285 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6286 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6287 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6288 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6290 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6295 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6298 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6299 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6303 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6304 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6305 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6306 Upper-case letters are commands.
6308 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6311 The most useful commands are:
6312 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6313 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6314 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6315 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6316 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6317 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6324 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17842
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6328 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6329 Customization of `columns' group.
6333 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6334 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6336 START and END delimits the text region.
6338 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6340 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6341 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6343 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6345 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6349 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17842
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6353 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6354 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6355 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6356 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6357 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6358 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6360 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6364 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6365 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6366 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6367 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6368 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6369 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6370 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6371 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6372 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6373 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6374 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6375 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6377 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6378 Directories to search when finding external units.
6379 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6380 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6384 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6385 Face used to color delphi comments.
6386 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6387 Face used to color delphi strings.
6388 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6389 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6390 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6391 Face used to color everything else.
6393 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6394 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6396 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17842
6402 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6404 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6406 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6407 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6408 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6411 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6413 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6415 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6416 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6417 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6420 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6421 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6422 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6429 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6430 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17842 54152))
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6433 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6434 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6436 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6438 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6439 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6440 or nil if there is no parent.
6441 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6442 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6443 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6444 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6445 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6447 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6448 arguments are currently understood:
6450 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6451 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6453 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6454 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6456 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6457 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6459 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6461 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6463 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6464 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6465 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6467 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6468 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6470 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6471 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6472 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6474 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6475 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6477 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6478 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6480 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6482 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6484 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6485 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6486 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6487 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6488 the first time the mode is used.
6490 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6494 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6495 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17874 62047))
6496 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6498 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6499 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6500 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6501 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6502 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6505 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6507 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6508 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6509 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6510 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6511 character composition information (if relevant),
6512 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6518 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6519 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6520 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6521 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17949 41467))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6524 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6525 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6526 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6528 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6530 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6531 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6532 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6533 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6534 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6535 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6539 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6540 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6541 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6542 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6544 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6546 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6547 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6548 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6550 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6551 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6552 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6554 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6555 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6557 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6558 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6559 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6561 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6562 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6563 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6564 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6566 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6568 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6569 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6571 Handlers are called with argument list
6573 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6575 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6577 desktop-file-version
6578 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6579 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6580 desktop-buffer-point
6582 desktop-buffer-read-only
6583 desktop-buffer-locals
6585 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6586 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6588 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6591 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6593 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6594 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6596 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6598 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6600 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6601 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6602 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6603 List elements must have the form
6605 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6607 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6610 Handlers are called with argument list
6612 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6614 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6616 desktop-file-version
6617 desktop-buffer-file-name
6619 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6620 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6621 desktop-buffer-point
6623 desktop-buffer-read-only
6626 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6627 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6630 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6633 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6635 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6636 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6638 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6640 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6642 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6644 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6646 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6647 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6648 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6652 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6653 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6654 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6655 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6657 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6659 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6660 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6661 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6665 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6666 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6667 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6668 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6669 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6670 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6671 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6672 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6674 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6676 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6677 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6678 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6682 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6683 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6684 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6685 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6688 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6690 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6691 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6695 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6696 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6702 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6703 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6704 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17842 54741))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6707 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6708 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6709 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6710 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6711 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6712 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6714 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6716 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6717 Repair a broken attribution line.
6718 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6720 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6722 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6723 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6724 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6725 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6727 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6729 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6730 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6737 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17842 58278))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6740 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6742 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6745 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6747 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6755 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17958 11887))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6758 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6759 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6760 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6761 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6762 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6766 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6767 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6768 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6769 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6771 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6772 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6773 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6774 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6777 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6779 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6780 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6781 european-calendar-style t \\
6782 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6783 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6784 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6786 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6787 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6788 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6789 to run it every morning at 1am.
6791 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6793 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6794 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6800 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6801 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17992 30877))
6802 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6804 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6805 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6807 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6809 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6810 *The command to use to run diff.")
6812 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6814 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6815 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6816 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6817 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6818 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6819 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6821 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6823 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6824 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6825 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6826 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6827 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6828 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6830 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6834 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6835 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
6836 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6838 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6839 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6840 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6843 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6844 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6845 headers for you on-the-fly.
6847 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6848 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6849 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6855 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6856 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6857 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6863 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6864 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6865 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6866 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6867 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18015 32019))
6868 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6870 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6871 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6872 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6873 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6874 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6875 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6876 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6877 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6879 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6881 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6882 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6884 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6885 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6886 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6887 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6888 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6890 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6891 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6893 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6894 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6895 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6896 always set this variable to t.")
6898 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6900 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6901 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6902 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6903 A value of t means move to first file.")
6905 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6907 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6908 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6909 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6910 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6911 are afterward marked with that character.")
6913 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6915 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6916 *Controls marking of copied files.
6917 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6918 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6920 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6922 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6923 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6924 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6925 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6927 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6929 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6930 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6931 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6932 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6934 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6936 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6937 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6938 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6939 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6941 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6943 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6945 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6946 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6947 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6949 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6951 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6952 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6953 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6954 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6955 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6956 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6958 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6959 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6960 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6961 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6962 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6963 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6964 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6965 list of files to make directory entries for.
6966 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6967 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6968 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6969 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6971 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6973 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6974 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6976 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6977 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6979 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6980 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6982 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6983 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6985 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6987 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6988 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6990 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6992 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6993 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6994 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6995 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6996 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6997 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6998 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6999 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
7000 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
7001 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7002 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7003 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7004 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7005 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7006 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7007 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7008 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7009 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7010 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7011 to see why something went wrong.
7012 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7013 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7014 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7015 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7016 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7017 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7018 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7019 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7020 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7021 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7022 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7023 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7024 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7026 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7027 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7028 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7029 again for the directory tree.
7031 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7034 `dired-listing-switches'
7035 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7036 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7039 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7040 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7041 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7042 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7044 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7046 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7047 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7054 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7055 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7059 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7060 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7061 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7062 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7063 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7064 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7065 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7066 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7067 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7068 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7069 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7070 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7071 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7072 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17859 20444))
7073 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7075 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7076 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7077 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7078 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7079 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7080 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7081 which is options for `diff'.
7083 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7085 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7086 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7087 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7088 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7089 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7090 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7092 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7094 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7095 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7096 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7097 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7098 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7099 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7100 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7102 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7104 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7105 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7106 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7107 returned by function `file-attributes'
7109 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7110 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7112 Examples of PREDICATE:
7114 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7115 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7116 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7117 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7118 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7120 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7122 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7123 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7124 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7133 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7134 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7138 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7139 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7144 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7145 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7146 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7147 `lpr-switches' as default.
7149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7151 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7152 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7153 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7154 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7155 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7157 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7158 with a prefix argument.
7162 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7163 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7164 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7165 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7166 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7168 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7169 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7171 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7172 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7173 file name substituted for `?'.
7175 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7176 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7178 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7179 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7180 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7181 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7183 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7185 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7186 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7187 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7189 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7190 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7193 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7194 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7195 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7197 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7199 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7202 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7204 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7205 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7206 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7207 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7208 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7209 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7210 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7211 from the buffer as well.
7212 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7213 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7214 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7216 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7218 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7221 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7223 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7226 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7228 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7229 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7233 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7234 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7238 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7239 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7243 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7244 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7245 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7246 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7248 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7249 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7250 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7251 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7252 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7253 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7254 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7256 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7258 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7261 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7263 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7266 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7268 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7269 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7271 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7273 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7276 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7278 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7281 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7283 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7284 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7286 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7288 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7289 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7290 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7291 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7292 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7293 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7294 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7295 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7296 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7298 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7303 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7304 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7305 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7306 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7307 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7308 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7309 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7310 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7312 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7316 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7317 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7318 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7319 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7320 and new hard links are made in that directory
7321 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7322 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7323 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7327 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7328 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7329 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7330 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7331 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7332 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7333 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7337 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7338 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7340 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7341 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7342 file if none are marked.
7344 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7345 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7346 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7347 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7349 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7350 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7352 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7354 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7355 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7356 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7358 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7360 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7361 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7362 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7364 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7366 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7367 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7368 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7370 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7372 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7373 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7377 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7378 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7382 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7383 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7384 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7385 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7386 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7387 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7389 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7391 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7392 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7393 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7394 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7395 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7396 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7397 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7399 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7401 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7402 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7403 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7404 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7405 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7406 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7408 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7410 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7412 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7413 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7414 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7416 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7418 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7419 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7420 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7421 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7425 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7426 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7427 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7428 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7432 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7433 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7434 Lower levels are unaffected.
7436 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7438 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7439 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7443 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7444 Go down in the dired tree.
7448 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7449 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7450 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7451 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7455 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7456 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7457 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7458 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7462 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7463 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7464 Stops when a match is found.
7465 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7467 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7469 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7470 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7471 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7472 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7473 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7475 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7477 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7478 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7479 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7480 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7482 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7486 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7487 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
7488 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7490 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7491 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7492 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7493 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7494 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7495 buffer and try again.
7497 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7499 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7500 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7501 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7502 This creates relative symbolic links like
7506 not absolute ones like
7508 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7510 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17842 58280))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7519 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7520 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7521 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7523 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7525 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7526 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7528 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7529 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7531 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7535 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17842
7537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7539 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7540 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7541 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7542 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7543 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7544 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7546 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7550 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7551 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7552 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7553 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7554 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7555 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17874 62056))
7556 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7558 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7559 Return a new, empty display table.
7563 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7564 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7565 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7566 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7567 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7569 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7571 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7572 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7573 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7574 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7575 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7577 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7579 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7580 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7584 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7585 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7589 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7590 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7594 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7595 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7599 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7600 Display character C using printable string S.
7604 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7605 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7606 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7607 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7609 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7611 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7612 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7613 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7616 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7618 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7619 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7621 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7623 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7624 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7626 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7628 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7629 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7631 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7633 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7634 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7636 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7638 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7639 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7641 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7643 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7644 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7646 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7647 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7648 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7649 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7651 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7652 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7653 European character display.
7655 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7656 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7657 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7658 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7660 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7661 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7662 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7663 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7664 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7670 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7671 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7674 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7675 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7676 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7677 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7678 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7679 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7680 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17949 41467))
7688 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7690 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7691 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7692 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7693 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7694 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7695 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7697 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7698 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7699 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7700 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7701 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7703 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7707 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7708 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17842 58277))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7711 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7712 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7713 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7714 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7715 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7716 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7717 table and its own syntax table.
7719 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7722 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7724 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7725 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7728 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7732 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17941 38806))
7733 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7735 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7736 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7742 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7743 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
7744 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7746 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7749 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7751 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7753 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7755 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7757 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7758 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7764 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17842 55395))
7765 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7767 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7768 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7775 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7778 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7779 Play sounds in message buffers.
7785 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7786 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7787 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17992 30878))
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7790 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7792 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7793 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7794 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7795 and toggle command MODE.
7797 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7798 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7799 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7800 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7801 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7802 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7803 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7804 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7807 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7808 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7809 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7810 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7811 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7812 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7813 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7814 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7815 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7816 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7817 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7818 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7819 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7820 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7821 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7822 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7823 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7825 For example, you could write
7826 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7827 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7830 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7832 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7834 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7836 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7837 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7838 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7839 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7840 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7841 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7842 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7843 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7844 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7845 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7846 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7847 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7849 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7850 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7851 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7852 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7853 call another major mode in their body.
7855 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7857 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7858 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7859 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7860 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7861 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7862 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7863 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7865 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7867 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7870 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7872 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7873 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7874 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7876 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7880 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7881 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17842
7883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7885 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7887 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7888 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7890 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7891 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7892 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7894 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7895 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7899 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7900 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7904 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7905 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7909 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7910 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7912 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7914 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7916 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7918 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7919 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7921 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7922 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7924 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7926 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7928 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7932 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7933 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7934 computed automatically.
7935 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7939 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7941 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7942 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7943 keyboard equivalent.
7947 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7948 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7952 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7953 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7957 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7958 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7962 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7966 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7967 radio: A radio button.
7968 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7969 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7971 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7975 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7976 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7980 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7982 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7983 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7984 as a solid horizontal line.
7986 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7988 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7990 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7993 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7995 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7996 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7997 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7998 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8000 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8002 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
8003 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8004 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8005 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8006 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8007 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8009 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8010 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8011 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8013 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8014 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8015 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8017 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8018 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8020 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8024 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8025 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8026 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8027 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8028 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8029 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8030 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8031 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17952 11093))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8034 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8035 Customization for ebnf group.
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8042 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8044 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8047 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8051 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8052 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8054 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8055 killed after process termination.
8057 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8059 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8061 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8064 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8065 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8068 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8069 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8070 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8071 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8073 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8075 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8076 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8077 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8079 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8081 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8082 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8084 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8086 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8089 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8091 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8093 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8094 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8096 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8097 killed after process termination.
8099 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8101 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8103 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8104 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8105 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8106 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8108 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8114 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8116 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8118 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8120 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8121 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8123 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8125 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8128 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8130 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8132 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8133 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8135 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8136 killed after EPS generation.
8138 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8140 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8142 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8143 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8145 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8146 The EPS file name has the following form:
8148 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8150 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8151 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8153 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8154 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8155 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8156 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8157 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8159 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8164 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8165 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8167 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8168 The EPS file name has the following form:
8170 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8172 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8173 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8175 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8176 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8177 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8178 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8179 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8181 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8184 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8186 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8188 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8189 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8191 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8193 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8196 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8198 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8200 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8201 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8203 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8204 killed after syntax checking.
8206 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8208 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8210 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8211 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8215 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8216 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8218 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8220 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8221 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8225 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8226 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8228 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8230 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8232 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8239 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8242 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8244 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8246 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8247 Set STYLE as the current style.
8249 Returns the old style symbol.
8251 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8255 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8256 Reset current style.
8258 Returns the old style symbol.
8260 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8262 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8264 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8265 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8267 Returns the old style symbol.
8269 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8271 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8273 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8275 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8276 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8278 Returns the old style symbol.
8280 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8282 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8290 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8291 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8292 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8293 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8294 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8295 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8296 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8297 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8298 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17821
8300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8302 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8303 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8304 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8305 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8306 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8307 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8309 Tree mode key bindings:
8310 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8314 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8315 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8319 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8320 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8322 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8326 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8327 View declaration of member at point.
8331 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8332 Find declaration of member at point.
8336 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8337 View definition of member at point.
8341 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8342 Find definition of member at point.
8346 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8347 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8351 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8352 View definition of member at point in other window.
8356 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8357 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8361 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8362 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8366 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8367 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8371 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8372 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8376 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8377 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8378 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8379 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8382 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8384 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8385 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8386 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8387 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8389 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8391 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8392 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8393 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8394 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8396 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8398 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8399 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8400 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8402 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8404 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8405 Search for call sites of a member.
8406 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8407 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8408 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8409 looks like a function call to the member.
8411 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8413 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8414 Move backward in the position stack.
8415 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8419 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8420 Move forward in the position stack.
8421 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8425 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8426 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8430 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8431 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8435 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8436 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8437 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8438 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8440 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8442 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8443 Display statistics for a class tree.
8449 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8450 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8453 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8454 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8455 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8456 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8458 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8459 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8460 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8462 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8463 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8464 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8466 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8468 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8474 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8475 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17842 58280))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8478 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8479 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8480 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8482 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8486 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8487 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8488 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17952 11093))
8489 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8491 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8492 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8493 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8494 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8495 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8497 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8498 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8499 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8500 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8502 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8504 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8505 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8506 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8507 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8509 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8511 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8512 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8513 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8514 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8516 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8518 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8520 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8521 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8522 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8523 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8524 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8526 If you do this on a function definition
8527 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8528 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8529 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8530 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8532 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8533 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8534 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8535 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8540 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8541 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8545 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8546 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8553 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8554 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8555 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8556 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8557 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8558 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8559 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8560 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8561 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17846 30361))
8562 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8564 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8565 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8567 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8569 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8570 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8572 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8574 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8576 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8578 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8579 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8580 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8581 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8585 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8586 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8588 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8590 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8592 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8595 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8597 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8599 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8600 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8601 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8602 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8604 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8606 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8608 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8609 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8610 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8611 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8613 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8615 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8617 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8618 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8619 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8620 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8622 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8624 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8626 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8627 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8628 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8629 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8631 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8633 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8635 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8636 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8637 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8638 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8639 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8640 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8642 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8644 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8645 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8646 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8647 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8649 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8651 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8653 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8654 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8655 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8656 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8658 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8660 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8662 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8664 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8665 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8666 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8668 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8669 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8671 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8673 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8674 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8675 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8677 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8678 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8680 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8682 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8683 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8684 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8685 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8686 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8688 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8690 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8691 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8692 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8693 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8694 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8695 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8697 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8699 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8701 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8702 Merge two files without ancestor.
8704 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8706 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8707 Merge two files with ancestor.
8709 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8711 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8713 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8714 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8716 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8718 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8719 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8721 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8723 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8724 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8725 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8728 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8730 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8731 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8732 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8735 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8737 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8738 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8739 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8740 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8744 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8745 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8746 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8747 and don't ask the user.
8748 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8749 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8751 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8753 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8754 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8755 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8756 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8757 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8758 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8759 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8760 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8762 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8764 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8766 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8768 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8769 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8770 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8771 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8772 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8774 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8776 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8778 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8779 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8780 When called interactively, displays the version.
8784 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8785 Display Ediff's manual.
8786 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8788 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8793 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8796 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17842 58280))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8806 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8807 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8809 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8811 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8815 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8816 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8819 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8820 Display Ediff's registry.
8824 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8828 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8829 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17846 30361))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8832 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8833 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8834 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8839 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8840 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8841 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8842 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8848 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8849 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8850 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8853 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8854 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8855 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8857 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8858 Edit a keyboard macro.
8859 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8860 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8861 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8863 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8865 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8867 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8868 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8870 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8872 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8873 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8875 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8877 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8878 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8879 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8880 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8881 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8882 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8884 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8885 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8886 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8887 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8889 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8891 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8892 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8893 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8894 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8895 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8896 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8898 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8903 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17842 54264))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8906 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8908 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8909 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8911 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8913 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8914 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8920 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8921 ;;;;;; (17873 45892))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8924 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8925 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8926 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8927 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8928 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8929 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8930 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8932 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8933 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8935 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8936 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8937 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8938 this value is non-nil.
8940 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8941 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8942 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8944 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8945 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8946 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8948 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8950 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8953 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8958 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17992 30878))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8961 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8962 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8964 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8966 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8967 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8968 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8969 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8970 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8971 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8972 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8974 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8978 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8979 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8983 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8984 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8985 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8986 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8987 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8988 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8991 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8992 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8996 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17842
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9000 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
9001 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9003 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9004 an elided material again.
9006 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9012 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9013 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9016 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9023 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9024 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17842
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9028 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9029 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9030 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9032 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9034 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9035 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9036 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9038 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9040 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9041 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9042 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9044 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9046 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9048 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9049 Display current profiling results.
9050 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9051 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9058 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9059 ;;;;;; (17907 23437))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9062 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9063 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9064 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9066 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9070 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9071 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9072 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9073 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9074 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17994 6715))
9075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9077 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9078 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9079 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9080 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9081 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9082 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9083 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9084 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9085 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9086 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9087 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9088 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9089 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9090 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9091 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9092 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9094 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9095 Run Emerge on two files.
9097 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9099 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9100 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9102 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9104 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9105 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9107 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9109 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9110 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9112 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9114 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9119 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9124 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9127 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9129 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9132 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9134 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9135 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9137 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9139 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9140 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9142 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9144 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9147 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9151 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9152 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9155 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9156 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9157 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9160 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9162 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9164 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9165 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9166 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9168 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9169 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9172 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9174 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9178 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9179 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17842 58277))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9182 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9183 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9184 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9185 text/enriched format.
9186 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9188 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9189 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9193 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9197 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9200 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9202 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9205 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9209 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9210 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17935 53318))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9213 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9214 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9218 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9219 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9220 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9222 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9224 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9225 (server (erc-compute-server))
9226 (port (erc-compute-port))
9227 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9229 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9231 That is, if called with
9233 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9235 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9236 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9237 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9239 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9241 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9243 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9244 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9245 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9246 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9248 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17935
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17935 53318))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9261 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17935 53318))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9267 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17935 53318))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9273 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9277 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9278 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17842 54344))
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9281 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9282 Parser for /dcc command.
9283 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9284 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9285 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9287 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9289 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9290 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9294 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9295 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9297 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9298 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9299 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9302 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9306 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9307 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9308 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9309 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9310 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9311 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9313 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9314 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9316 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9318 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9319 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9320 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9321 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9323 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9325 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9328 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9330 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9331 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9333 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9335 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9336 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9338 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9340 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9341 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9343 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9345 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9346 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9348 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9350 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9351 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9353 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9355 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9356 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9358 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9360 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9361 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9365 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9366 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9372 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17935
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9375 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9377 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9378 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9379 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17842
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9388 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9392 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9393 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17935 53318))
9394 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9395 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9397 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9398 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9399 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9400 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9401 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9402 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9405 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9407 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9410 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9414 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9415 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9418 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17842 54344))
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9427 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9431 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9432 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17935 53318))
9433 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9434 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9436 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9437 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9438 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9439 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9440 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9441 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9445 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9446 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9447 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9448 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9450 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9451 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9454 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9455 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9457 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9461 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9462 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9463 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9464 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9465 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9466 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9468 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9469 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9473 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9474 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9478 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9479 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9483 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9484 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9488 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9489 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9493 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9494 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9498 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9499 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9503 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9504 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17935 53318))
9511 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9512 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9516 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9517 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9518 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9519 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9521 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9528 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9529 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17935 53318))
9530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9532 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9533 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9534 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9535 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9539 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9540 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9546 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9547 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17935 53318))
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9549 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9551 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9552 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9553 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9554 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9556 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9558 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17842 54344))
9566 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9567 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17935
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9574 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17842 54344))
9579 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9580 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17935 53318))
9585 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9586 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9590 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9591 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17935 53318))
9592 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9593 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9595 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9596 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9600 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9601 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9602 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9604 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17842 54344))
9609 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9610 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9614 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9615 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9616 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9618 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9619 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9620 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17935
9628 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9629 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17935 53318))
9634 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9635 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9639 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9640 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9641 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9643 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9644 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9645 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9647 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9649 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9650 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9653 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9654 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9655 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9658 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9662 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9663 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17842 54344))
9664 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9665 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9667 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9668 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9669 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9670 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9672 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9674 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9675 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9676 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9682 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9683 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9684 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9686 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9687 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9693 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17914
9695 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9697 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9698 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9706 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17842
9708 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9710 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9711 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9717 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9718 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17842 54411))
9719 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9721 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9722 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9723 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9724 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9725 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9726 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9727 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9728 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9729 buffer selected (or created).
9731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9733 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9734 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9735 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9737 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9739 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9740 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9741 The result might be any Lisp object.
9742 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9743 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9744 corresponding to a successful execution.
9746 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9748 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9749 Report a bug in Eshell.
9750 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9751 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9757 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9758 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9759 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9760 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9761 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9762 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9763 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9764 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
9765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9767 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9768 *File name of tags table.
9769 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9770 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9771 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9772 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9774 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9775 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9776 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9777 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9779 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9781 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9782 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9783 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9784 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9785 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9786 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9788 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9790 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9791 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9792 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9793 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9794 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9795 `auto-compression-mode').")
9797 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9799 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9800 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9801 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9802 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9803 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9805 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9807 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9808 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9809 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9810 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9812 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9814 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9815 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9816 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9817 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9818 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9820 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9822 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9823 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9827 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9828 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9829 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9830 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9832 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9833 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9834 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9835 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9836 file the tag was in.
9838 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9840 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9841 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9842 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9843 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9844 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9845 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9846 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9847 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9848 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9850 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9852 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9853 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9854 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9855 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9856 without directory names.
9860 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9861 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9862 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9863 but does not select the buffer.
9864 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9866 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9867 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9868 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9869 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9870 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9872 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9874 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9875 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9876 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9878 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9880 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9882 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9883 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9884 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9885 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9887 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9888 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9889 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9890 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9891 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9893 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9895 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9896 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9897 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9899 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9901 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9902 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9904 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9905 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9906 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9907 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9908 around or before point.
9910 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9911 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9912 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9913 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9914 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9916 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9918 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9919 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9920 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9922 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9924 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9925 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9927 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9928 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9929 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9930 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9931 around or before point.
9933 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9934 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9935 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9936 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9937 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9939 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9941 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9942 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9943 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9945 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9947 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9948 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9950 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9951 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9952 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9954 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9955 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9956 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9957 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9958 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9960 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9962 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9963 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9964 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9966 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9968 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9969 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9970 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9972 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9973 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9975 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9976 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9977 where they were found.
9981 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9982 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9984 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9985 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9986 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9988 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9989 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9991 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9992 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9994 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9996 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9997 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9998 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9999 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
10001 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
10002 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
10003 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
10004 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
10005 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
10007 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
10008 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
10010 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
10011 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
10012 Stops when a match is found.
10013 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10015 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10017 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10019 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10020 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10021 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10022 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10023 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10025 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10027 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
10029 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10030 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10031 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10032 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10033 directory specification.
10035 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10037 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10038 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10040 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10042 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10043 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10044 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10045 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10049 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10050 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10051 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10052 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10053 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10059 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10060 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10061 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10062 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10063 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10064 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10065 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10066 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17842 58278))
10067 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10069 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10074 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10075 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10076 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10077 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10079 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10080 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10083 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10084 even if the buffer is read-only.
10086 See also the descriptions of the variables
10087 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10088 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10090 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10092 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10093 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10095 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10096 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10098 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10099 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10102 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10103 buffer is read-only.
10105 See also the descriptions of the variables
10106 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10107 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10109 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10111 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10112 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10113 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10117 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10118 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10120 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10121 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10123 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10124 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10128 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10129 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10130 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10131 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10133 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10135 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10136 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10137 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10138 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10140 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10141 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10142 the primary language.
10144 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10145 buffer is read-only.
10147 See also the descriptions of the variables
10148 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10149 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10151 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10153 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10154 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10155 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10156 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10158 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10159 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10162 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10163 buffer is read-only.
10165 See also the descriptions of the variables
10166 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10167 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10169 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10171 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10172 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10173 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10177 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10178 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10180 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10181 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10182 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10183 3) convert the body into SERA.
10185 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10189 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10190 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10191 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10193 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10195 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10196 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10200 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10201 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10203 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10204 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10207 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10208 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10209 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10211 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10213 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10215 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10216 Allow the user to input special characters.
10220 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10221 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10222 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10226 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10227 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10231 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10232 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10234 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10235 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10237 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10238 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10242 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10243 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10247 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10248 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10252 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10253 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10259 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10260 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10261 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10262 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10264 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10265 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10266 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10267 server for future sessions.
10269 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10271 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10272 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10273 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10275 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10277 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10278 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10279 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10281 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10283 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10284 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10285 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10286 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10287 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10288 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10289 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10290 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10291 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10292 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10293 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10294 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10296 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10298 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10299 Display a form to query the directory server.
10300 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10301 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10303 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10305 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10306 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10307 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10311 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10315 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10316 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10317 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17842 55218))
10318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10320 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10321 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10323 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10325 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10326 Display URL and make it clickable.
10328 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10330 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10331 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10333 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10335 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10336 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10338 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10340 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10341 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10343 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10345 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10346 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10348 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10352 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10353 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17842 55218))
10354 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10356 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10357 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10358 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10362 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10363 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10369 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10370 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10371 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10373 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10374 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10380 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17933
10382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10384 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10385 Create an empty ewoc.
10387 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10389 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10390 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10391 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10392 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10393 `insert-before-markers'.
10395 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10396 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10397 respectively, of the ewoc.
10399 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10400 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10401 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10403 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10407 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10408 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10409 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10410 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
10411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10413 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10414 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10415 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10417 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10419 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10420 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10421 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10422 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10423 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10425 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10427 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10428 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10429 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10430 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10431 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10434 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10436 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10437 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10438 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10442 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10443 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10444 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10451 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10452 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10453 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
10454 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10456 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10457 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10458 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10459 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10461 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10463 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10464 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10465 to generate such functions.
10467 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10468 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10469 beginning of the expanded text.
10471 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10472 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10473 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10474 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10476 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10478 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10480 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10481 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10482 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10486 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10487 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10488 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10492 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10493 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10494 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10497 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10498 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10502 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17842 56333))
10503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10505 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10506 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10507 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10509 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10510 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10511 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10513 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10518 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10521 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10523 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10525 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10526 `f90-program-indent'
10527 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10529 `f90-continuation-indent'
10530 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10531 `f90-comment-region'
10532 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10533 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10534 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10535 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10537 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10538 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10539 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10540 `f90-break-delimiters'
10541 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10542 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10543 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10544 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10546 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10547 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10549 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10550 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10551 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10552 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10553 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10554 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10555 `f90-leave-line-no'
10556 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10558 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10559 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10565 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10566 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10567 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10568 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10569 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17842 58279))
10570 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10571 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10572 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10574 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10575 Menu keymap for faces.")
10577 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10579 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10580 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10582 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10584 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10585 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10587 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10589 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10590 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10592 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10594 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10595 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10597 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10599 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10600 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10602 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10604 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10605 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10607 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10609 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10611 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10613 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10615 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10616 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10618 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10619 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10620 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10621 to the faces to use for the next character
10622 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10623 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10625 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10626 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10627 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10628 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10629 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10630 preceding faces (including FACE).
10632 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10633 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10635 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10637 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10638 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10639 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10641 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10642 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10645 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10646 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10647 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10649 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10651 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10652 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10653 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10655 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10656 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10659 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10660 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10661 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10663 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10665 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10666 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10667 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10668 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10669 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10670 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10671 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10673 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10674 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10677 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10678 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10679 to insert cancels the specification.
10681 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10683 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10684 Make the region invisible.
10685 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10686 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10688 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10690 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10691 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10692 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10693 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10695 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10697 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10698 Make the region unmodifiable.
10699 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10700 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10702 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10704 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10705 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10707 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10709 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10710 Remove all text properties from the region.
10712 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10714 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10715 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10716 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10718 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10720 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10721 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10723 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10725 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10726 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10727 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10728 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10729 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10730 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10732 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10736 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10737 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17994 6715))
10738 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10740 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10741 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10742 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10743 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10745 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10747 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10748 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10749 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10751 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10752 - When you save the file's buffer.
10753 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10754 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10755 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10756 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10758 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10760 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10761 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10762 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10763 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10767 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10768 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10772 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10776 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10777 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10778 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 29839))
10779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10781 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10782 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10783 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10784 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10788 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10789 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10793 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10794 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10795 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10796 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10800 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10801 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10802 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10803 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10804 backup file names and the like).
10806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10808 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10809 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10810 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10811 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10812 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10813 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10814 internally by feedmail):
10816 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10817 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10818 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10819 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10821 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10822 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10823 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10824 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10825 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10827 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10831 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10832 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17943 4602))
10833 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10835 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10836 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10837 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10838 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10839 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10840 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10841 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10843 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10845 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10846 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10847 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10848 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10849 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10850 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10851 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10853 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10855 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10857 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10858 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10859 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10860 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10861 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10862 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10864 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10866 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10867 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10868 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10870 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10871 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10876 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10877 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10879 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10881 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10882 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10888 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10889 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10890 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10891 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17842 58279))
10892 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10894 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10895 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10896 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10897 be added to the cache.
10899 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10901 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10902 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10903 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10904 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10905 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10907 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10909 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10910 Add FILE to the file cache.
10914 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10915 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10916 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10918 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10920 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10921 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10922 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10924 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10926 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10927 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10928 This function does not use any external programs
10929 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10930 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10931 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10933 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10935 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10936 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10937 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10938 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10939 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10940 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10941 \(directories) is done.
10944 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10945 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10946 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10950 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17842
10952 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10954 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10955 Filesets initialization.
10956 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18007 39658))
10963 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10964 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10968 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10969 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10970 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
10971 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10973 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10974 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10975 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10976 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10977 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10979 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10981 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10982 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10983 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10984 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10985 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10987 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10989 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10990 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10991 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10992 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10994 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10996 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10997 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10998 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11000 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
11002 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
11003 as the final argument.
11005 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
11007 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
11008 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
11009 and run dired on those files.
11010 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
11011 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11013 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
11015 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
11017 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
11018 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
11019 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11021 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
11023 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
11025 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11029 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
11030 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
11031 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
11034 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
11035 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
11036 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
11037 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
11038 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
11039 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
11040 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
11042 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
11043 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11044 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
11046 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
11048 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11050 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
11052 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11053 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11054 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11056 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11057 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11059 Variables of interest include:
11061 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11062 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11063 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11065 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11066 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11067 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11069 - `ff-ignore-include'
11070 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11072 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11073 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11076 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11078 - `ff-special-constructs'
11079 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11080 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11081 extracting the filename from that construct.
11083 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11084 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11086 - `ff-search-directories'
11087 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11088 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11090 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11091 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11093 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11094 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11096 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11097 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11099 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11100 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11102 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11103 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11105 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11107 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11108 Visit the file you click on.
11110 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11112 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11113 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11115 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11119 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11120 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11121 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11122 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11123 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11124 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11125 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17842 54152))
11126 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11128 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11129 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11131 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11133 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11134 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11135 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11136 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11138 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11139 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11140 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11141 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11143 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11145 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11146 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11148 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11149 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11150 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11151 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11153 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11154 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11157 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11159 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11160 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11162 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11163 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11164 places point before the definition.
11165 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11167 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11168 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11169 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11171 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11173 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11174 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11176 See `find-function' for more details.
11178 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11180 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11181 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11183 See `find-function' for more details.
11185 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11187 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11188 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11190 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11191 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11192 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11194 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11195 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11197 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11199 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11200 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11202 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11203 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11204 places point before the definition.
11206 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11208 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11209 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11210 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11212 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11214 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11215 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11217 See `find-variable' for more details.
11219 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11221 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11222 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11224 See `find-variable' for more details.
11226 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11228 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11229 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11230 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11231 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11232 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11233 buffer nor display it.
11235 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11236 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11238 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11240 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11241 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11243 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11244 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11245 places point before the definition.
11247 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11249 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11250 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11251 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11255 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11256 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11257 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11261 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11262 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11266 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11267 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11271 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11272 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11278 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11279 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17893 23802))
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11282 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11283 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11285 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11287 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11288 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11292 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11293 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11295 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11299 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11300 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17842 58279))
11301 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11303 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11304 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11308 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11309 Display FILE's commentary section.
11310 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11314 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11315 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11321 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11322 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17842 58279))
11323 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11325 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11326 Toggle flow control handling.
11327 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11328 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11330 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11332 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11333 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11334 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11335 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11336 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11337 to get the effect of a C-q.
11339 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11343 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11344 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
11345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11347 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11350 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11352 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11355 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11359 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11360 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17934 27588))
11361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11363 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11364 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11365 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11366 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11370 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11371 Turn flymake mode on.
11375 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11376 Turn flymake mode off.
11382 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11383 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11384 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18006 55797))
11385 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11387 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11388 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11391 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11393 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11394 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11395 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11396 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11397 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11398 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11401 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11402 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11403 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11404 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11407 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11410 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11411 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11412 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11414 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11416 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11417 in your .emacs file.
11419 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11420 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11424 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11425 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11429 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11430 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11434 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11435 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11439 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11440 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11442 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11444 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11445 Flyspell whole buffer.
11451 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11452 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11453 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
11454 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11456 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11457 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11461 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11462 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11466 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11467 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11469 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11470 of two major techniques:
11472 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11473 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11474 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11476 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11477 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11478 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11481 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11482 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11483 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11484 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11485 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11488 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11489 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11491 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11493 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11494 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11495 \(This is the default.)
11497 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11498 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11500 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11501 \\{follow-mode-map}
11503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11505 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11506 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11508 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11509 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11510 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11511 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11512 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11513 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11515 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11516 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11517 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11519 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11520 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11521 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11527 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17954
11529 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11531 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11532 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11533 \\<message-mode-map>
11537 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11538 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11539 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11540 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11541 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11542 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11548 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11549 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17842 58279))
11550 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11552 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11553 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11555 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11556 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11557 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11558 C-c < forms-first-record <
11559 C-c > forms-last-record >
11560 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11561 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11562 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11563 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11564 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11565 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11566 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11567 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11568 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11569 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11571 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11573 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11574 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11578 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11579 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11585 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11586 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17842 56333))
11587 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11589 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11590 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11591 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11592 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11593 with a character in column 6.")
11595 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11597 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11598 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11599 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11601 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11602 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11604 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11607 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11609 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11611 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11612 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11613 `fortran-do-indent'
11614 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11615 `fortran-if-indent'
11616 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11617 `fortran-structure-indent'
11618 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11620 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11621 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11622 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11623 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11624 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11625 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11626 nil don't change the indentation
11627 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11629 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11630 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11631 depending on the continuation format in use.
11632 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11633 indentation for a line of code.
11635 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11636 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11637 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11638 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11639 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11640 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11641 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11642 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11643 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11644 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11646 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11647 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11648 statements (default nil).
11649 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11650 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11651 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11652 `fortran-continuation-string'
11653 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11654 line (default \"$\").
11655 `fortran-comment-region'
11656 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11657 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11658 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11659 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11660 as typed (default t).
11661 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11662 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11664 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11665 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11671 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11672 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17842 55395))
11673 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11675 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11676 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11678 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11679 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11681 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11683 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11684 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11686 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11687 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11689 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11691 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11692 Compile fortune file.
11694 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11695 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11697 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11699 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11700 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11702 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11703 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11704 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11705 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11707 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11709 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11710 Display a fortune cookie.
11712 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11713 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11714 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11715 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11717 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11721 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11722 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
11723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11725 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11726 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11727 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11728 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11730 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11731 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11732 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11733 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11735 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11736 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11737 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11738 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11739 some of the buffers.
11741 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11743 The following commands help control operation :
11745 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11746 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11748 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11749 detailed description of this mode.
11752 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11754 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11755 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11759 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11760 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11761 | | (comint-mode) |
11768 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11769 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11770 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11771 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11772 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11773 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11775 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11777 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11778 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11780 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11784 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11785 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17842
11787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11789 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11790 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11791 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11792 instead (which see).")
11794 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11795 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11797 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11798 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11799 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11800 documentation string instead.
11802 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11803 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11804 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11805 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11806 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11807 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11808 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11809 enders are actually possible.
11811 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11812 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11814 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11815 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11816 `font-lock-keywords'.
11818 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11819 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11820 runs the macro expansion.
11822 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11823 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11824 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11826 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11828 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11830 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11831 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11833 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11835 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11836 Enter generic mode MODE.
11838 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11839 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11840 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11842 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11843 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11847 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11848 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11849 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11850 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11851 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11852 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11853 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11854 `font-lock-keywords'.
11856 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11860 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11861 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
11862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11864 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11865 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11866 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11867 at places they belong to.
11869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11873 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11874 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17934 27588))
11875 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11877 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11878 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11880 Guideline for numbers:
11881 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11882 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11885 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11887 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11888 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11889 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11891 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11893 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11894 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11896 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11898 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11899 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11901 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11902 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11903 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11904 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11905 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11906 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11908 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11909 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11910 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11911 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11912 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11914 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11916 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11920 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11921 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17842 54741))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11923 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11924 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11926 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11927 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11931 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11933 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11934 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11935 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11936 name of an NNTP server to use.
11937 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11940 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11942 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11943 Read news as a slave.
11945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11947 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11948 Pop up a frame to read news.
11949 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11950 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11951 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11952 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11953 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11954 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11955 current display is used.
11957 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11959 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11961 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11962 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11963 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11965 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11969 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11970 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11971 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11972 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11973 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11974 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17842 54741))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11977 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11978 Start Gnus unplugged.
11982 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11983 Start Gnus plugged.
11987 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11988 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11992 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11993 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11995 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11996 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11997 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11999 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12000 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12001 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12005 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
12006 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12010 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
12011 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12012 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12013 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12014 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12017 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12019 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
12020 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12021 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12022 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12023 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12026 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12028 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
12029 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12033 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
12034 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12035 downloaded into the agent.
12037 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12039 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
12040 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12041 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12042 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12044 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12046 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
12047 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12051 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
12052 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12056 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12057 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12058 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12060 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12064 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12065 ;;;;;; (17960 49045))
12066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12068 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12069 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12075 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12076 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12079 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12080 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12086 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12087 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12088 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17842
12090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12092 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12093 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12096 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12100 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12101 Generate the cache active file.
12103 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12105 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12106 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12110 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12111 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12112 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12113 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12114 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12117 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12119 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12120 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12121 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12122 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12123 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12126 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12131 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17842 54741))
12132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12134 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12135 Delay this article by some time.
12136 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12138 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12139 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12141 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12142 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12144 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12145 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12147 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12149 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12150 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12154 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12155 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12156 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12157 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12159 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12160 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12162 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12166 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12167 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17992 30878))
12168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12170 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12173 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12178 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12182 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12183 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12186 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12187 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12193 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12194 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12197 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12198 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12204 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12205 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12206 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17842
12208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12210 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12211 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12215 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12216 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12220 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12221 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12225 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12226 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12230 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12231 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12232 The PNG is returned as a string.
12234 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12236 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12237 Convert FILE to a Face.
12238 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12241 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12245 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12246 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17842 54741))
12247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12249 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12250 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12251 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12253 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12255 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12256 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12258 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12262 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12263 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12266 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12268 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12269 Run batched scoring.
12270 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12276 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12277 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12278 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12281 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12286 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12287 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12288 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12290 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12292 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12293 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12295 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12301 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12302 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12303 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12306 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12307 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12308 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12309 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12312 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12313 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12314 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12315 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12317 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12318 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12319 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12320 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12321 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12322 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12323 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12324 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12325 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12326 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12328 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12330 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12331 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12332 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12335 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12336 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12338 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12340 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12341 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12342 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12344 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12348 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12349 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12350 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12352 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12354 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12355 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12356 existing groups are considered.
12358 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12359 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12362 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12363 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12364 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12365 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12366 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12367 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12368 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12369 clauses will be generated.
12371 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12372 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12373 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12374 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12375 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12376 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12378 For example, given the following group parameters:
12381 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12382 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12384 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12385 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12386 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12387 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12389 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12391 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12393 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12395 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12396 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12399 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12403 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12404 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12407 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12408 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12409 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12411 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12416 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17949 41467))
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12420 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12421 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12422 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12424 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12426 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12429 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12431 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12432 Like `message-reply'.
12434 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12436 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12440 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12441 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17842 54741))
12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12444 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12445 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12449 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12450 Load the NoCeM cache.
12456 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12457 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12458 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12461 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12462 Display picons in the From header.
12463 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12467 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12468 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12469 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12473 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12474 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12475 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12481 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12482 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12483 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12484 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12485 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17842 54741))
12486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12488 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12489 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12490 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12491 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12493 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12495 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12496 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12497 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12500 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12502 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12503 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12504 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12506 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12508 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12511 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12513 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12514 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12515 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12517 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12519 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12520 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12521 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12523 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12525 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12527 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12528 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12529 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12531 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12533 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12534 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12535 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12537 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12539 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12540 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12541 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12543 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12545 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12546 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12548 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12552 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12553 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17934 27588))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12556 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12561 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12562 Install the registry hooks.
12568 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12569 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17842
12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12573 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12574 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12575 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12576 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12577 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12578 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12582 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12583 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12584 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12585 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12586 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12590 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12597 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12598 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12599 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12601 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12602 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12603 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12604 for matching on group names.
12606 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12607 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12609 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12611 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12617 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12618 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12621 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12622 Update the format specification near point.
12628 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12629 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17842
12631 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12633 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12634 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12636 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12638 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12645 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12646 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12649 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12650 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12652 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12656 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17941 38806))
12657 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12659 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12660 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12662 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12663 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12664 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12666 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12667 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12668 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12670 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12671 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12673 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12674 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12676 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12678 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12682 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12683 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17842 55218))
12684 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12686 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12688 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12689 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12690 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12691 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12692 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12694 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12696 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12697 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12698 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12700 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12701 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12703 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12704 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12707 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12711 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12712 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12713 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17944 20144))
12714 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12716 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12717 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12719 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12721 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12722 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12723 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12724 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12725 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12727 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12728 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12730 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12732 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12733 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12734 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12735 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12737 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12739 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12740 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12742 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12744 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12745 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12747 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12748 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12749 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12751 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12752 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12753 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12755 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12756 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12757 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12758 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12759 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12761 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12763 (defvar grep-history nil)
12765 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12767 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12768 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12769 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12773 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12778 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12779 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12783 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12784 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12785 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12786 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12787 where grep found matches.
12789 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12790 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12792 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12793 easily repeat a grep command.
12795 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12796 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12797 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12798 if that history list is empty).
12800 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12802 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12803 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12804 Collect output in a buffer.
12805 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12806 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12808 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12809 easily repeat a find command.
12811 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12813 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12815 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12816 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12817 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12818 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12819 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12821 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12822 before it is executed.
12823 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12825 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12826 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12827 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12829 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12831 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12833 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12834 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12835 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12836 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12837 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12839 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12840 before it is executed.
12841 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12843 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12844 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12845 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12847 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12849 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12853 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17842 58279))
12854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12856 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12857 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12858 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12859 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12860 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12862 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12866 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb)
12867 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17992 30878))
12868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12870 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12871 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12872 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12873 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12874 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12875 `gdba' for more information.
12877 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12878 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12879 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12880 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12881 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12886 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12887 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12888 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12889 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12891 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12893 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12894 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12895 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12896 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12898 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12900 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12901 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12902 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12903 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12905 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12906 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12908 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12910 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12911 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12912 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12913 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12915 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12917 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12918 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12919 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12920 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12922 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12924 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12925 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12926 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12927 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12928 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12930 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12931 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12932 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12933 original source file access method.
12935 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12936 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12938 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12939 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12941 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12943 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12944 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12950 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17842
12952 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12954 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12955 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12956 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12957 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12959 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12960 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12961 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12962 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12968 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12969 ;;;;;; (17742 40275))
12970 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12972 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12973 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12975 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12977 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12978 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12979 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12980 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12982 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12986 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12987 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12988 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12989 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12996 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12997 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12998 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12999 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17842 58279))
13000 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13002 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
13003 Return the help-echo string at point.
13004 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13005 property, or nil, is returned.
13006 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13007 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13008 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13010 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13012 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
13013 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13014 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13015 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
13016 this produces no string either, return nil.
13020 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
13021 Display local help in the echo area.
13022 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13023 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13024 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13027 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13028 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13029 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13033 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13034 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13035 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13039 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13040 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13041 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13045 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
13046 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13047 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13048 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13049 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13050 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13051 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13052 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13053 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13054 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13055 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13057 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13058 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13059 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13060 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13061 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13063 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13064 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13065 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13066 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13067 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13068 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13069 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13070 The default is `never'.")
13072 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13074 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13075 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13076 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13077 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13078 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13079 considered different regions.
13081 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13082 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13083 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13084 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13085 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13086 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13087 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13088 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13089 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13091 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13093 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13094 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13095 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13096 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13099 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13100 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13101 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13102 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13103 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13104 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13105 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13106 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13108 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13109 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13110 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13111 rarely happens in practice.
13113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13115 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13116 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13117 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13118 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13119 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13120 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13126 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13127 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13128 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13129 ;;;;;; (17845 46651))
13130 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13132 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13133 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13135 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13137 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13138 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13139 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13141 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13143 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13144 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13146 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13148 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13151 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13153 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13154 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13155 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13156 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13158 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13160 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13161 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13162 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13163 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13164 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13165 it is displayed along with the global value.
13167 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13169 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13170 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13171 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13172 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13174 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13176 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13177 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13178 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13179 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13180 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13182 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13186 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13187 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13188 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13190 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13191 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13192 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13193 and window listing and describing the options.
13194 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13195 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13197 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13201 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13202 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13203 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17842 58279))
13204 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13206 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13207 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13208 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13214 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13219 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13224 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13225 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13227 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13228 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13229 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13230 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13232 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13233 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13234 restore it properly when going back.
13236 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13238 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13239 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13241 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13242 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13243 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13244 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13245 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13246 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13247 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13248 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13250 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13251 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13252 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13253 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13255 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13256 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13259 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13261 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13262 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13263 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13264 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13265 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13266 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13268 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13270 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13271 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13272 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13273 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13274 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13276 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13278 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13279 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13281 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13285 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13286 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17842 54152))
13287 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13289 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13290 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13294 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13295 Provide help for current mode.
13301 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13302 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17844 53657))
13303 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13305 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13306 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13307 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13308 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13309 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13311 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13312 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13314 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13315 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13316 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13317 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13319 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13320 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13323 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13328 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13329 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13330 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13331 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13332 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13333 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13334 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13335 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13336 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13337 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13338 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13339 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13340 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13341 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13342 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13344 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13345 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13346 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13348 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13351 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13353 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13354 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13355 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13357 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13358 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13359 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13361 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13362 into the buffer at the current point.
13364 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13365 into the buffer at the current point.
13367 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13368 into the buffer at the current point.
13370 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13372 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13373 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13375 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13377 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13381 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13382 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13383 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13384 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13386 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13388 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13389 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13390 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13396 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13397 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13398 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13399 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
13400 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13402 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13403 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13405 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13406 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13407 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13408 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13409 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13410 called interactively, are:
13412 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13413 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13415 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13416 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13417 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13418 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13420 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13421 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13423 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13424 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13426 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13427 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13428 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13429 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13430 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13431 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13432 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13433 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13434 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13435 function returns t.
13437 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13438 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13440 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13441 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13444 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13445 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13446 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13447 Patterns will be read until
13449 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13453 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13454 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13455 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13457 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13458 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13460 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13462 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13463 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13464 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13465 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13466 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13470 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13472 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13473 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13475 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13476 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13477 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13478 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13480 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13482 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13484 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13485 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13487 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13488 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13489 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13490 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13492 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13494 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13496 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13497 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13499 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13500 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13502 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13504 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13506 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13507 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13509 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13510 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13511 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13512 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13513 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13515 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13517 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13518 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13520 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13521 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13522 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13528 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13529 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17842 56333))
13530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13532 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13533 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13534 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13535 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13536 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13537 how the hiding is done:
13540 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13541 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13544 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13545 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13546 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13547 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13548 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13551 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13552 #endif lines when hiding.
13554 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13555 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13558 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13559 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13560 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13562 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13566 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13567 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13569 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13571 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13572 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13574 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13576 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13577 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13579 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13583 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13584 ;;;;;; (17934 43341))
13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13587 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13588 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13589 Each element has the form
13590 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13592 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13593 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13595 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13596 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13598 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13599 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13600 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13601 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13602 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13603 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13605 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13606 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13608 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13609 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13611 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13612 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13613 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13615 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13616 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13617 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13618 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13619 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13620 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13622 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13623 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13624 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13626 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13627 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13629 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13632 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13636 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13637 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13643 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13644 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13645 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13646 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13647 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17842 58279))
13648 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13650 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13651 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13652 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13654 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13656 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13657 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13659 Without an argument:
13660 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13661 or passive state as determined by the variable
13662 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13665 With an argument ARG:
13666 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13667 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13668 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13670 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13671 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13672 not displayed in a different face.
13675 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13676 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13677 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13678 buffer with the contents of a file
13679 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13680 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13684 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13685 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13686 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13690 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13691 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13695 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13696 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13700 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13701 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13703 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13704 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13705 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13706 shown in the last face in the list.
13708 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13709 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13710 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13712 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13716 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13717 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13719 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13721 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13724 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13725 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13727 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13728 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13729 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13731 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13733 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13734 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13736 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13737 this function is called interactively.
13739 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13740 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13741 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13743 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13744 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13745 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13747 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13749 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13750 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13752 When called interactively:
13753 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13754 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13755 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13756 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13758 When called from a program:
13759 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13760 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13761 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13762 - otherwise just turn it on
13764 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13765 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13766 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13767 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13773 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13774 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13775 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13776 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13777 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17842 58279))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13780 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13781 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13782 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13783 or insert functions in this list.")
13785 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13787 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13788 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13790 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13792 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13793 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13795 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13797 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13798 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13800 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13802 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13803 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13805 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13807 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13808 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13809 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13811 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13813 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13814 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13815 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13818 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13820 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13821 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13822 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13823 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13824 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13826 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13828 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13829 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13830 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13831 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13832 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13834 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13835 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13836 undoes the expansion.
13840 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13841 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13842 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13843 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13845 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13849 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13850 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13851 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13853 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13854 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13855 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13857 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13858 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13859 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13860 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13861 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13863 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13864 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13865 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13866 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13870 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13871 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13872 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13874 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13875 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13877 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13879 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13880 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13881 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13883 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13884 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13890 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13891 ;;;;;; (17956 13479))
13892 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13894 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13895 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13896 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13898 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13902 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13903 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13905 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13906 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13907 different list. For example,
13909 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13910 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13912 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13913 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13915 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13916 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13917 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13918 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13921 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13923 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13927 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17842
13929 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13931 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13932 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13938 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13939 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13940 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13941 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13942 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13943 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13944 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13945 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13946 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13947 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13948 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13949 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13950 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13951 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13952 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13953 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13954 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13955 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13956 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13957 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13958 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13959 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13960 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17842 58279))
13961 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13963 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13964 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13965 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13969 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13972 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13974 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13977 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13979 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13980 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13982 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13984 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13985 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13992 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13994 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13995 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13997 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13998 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13999 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
14000 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
14001 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14004 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14007 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14008 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14010 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
14013 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14015 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14016 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14020 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14021 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14025 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14026 Remove the first filter group.
14030 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14031 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14033 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14035 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 Remove all filter groups.
14040 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14041 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14045 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14046 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14047 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14051 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
14052 Kill the filter group at point.
14053 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14055 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14057 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14058 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14062 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14063 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14067 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14068 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14069 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14070 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14072 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14074 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14075 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14076 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14080 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14081 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14082 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14083 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14084 of replacing the current filters.
14088 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14089 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14093 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14098 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14099 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14101 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14102 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14103 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14107 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14108 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14112 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14113 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14117 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14118 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14119 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14122 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14124 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14125 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14126 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14128 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14130 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14131 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14135 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14136 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14140 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14141 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14142 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14143 of replacing the current filters.
14146 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14147 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14148 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14149 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14150 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14151 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14152 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14153 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14155 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14156 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14157 Default sorting modes are:
14158 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14159 Name - the name of the buffer
14160 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14161 Size - the size of the buffer
14165 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14169 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14170 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14171 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14172 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14174 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14175 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14179 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14180 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14181 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14182 for this Ibuffer session.
14184 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14186 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14187 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14188 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14189 for this Ibuffer session.
14191 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14193 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14194 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14196 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14197 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14199 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14200 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14202 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14204 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14205 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14207 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14208 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14210 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14212 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14213 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14217 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14218 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14220 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14221 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14222 hidden group filter, open it.
14224 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14225 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14226 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14232 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14236 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14237 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14239 The names are separated by a space.
14240 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14242 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14243 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14244 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14245 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14247 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14251 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14252 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14254 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14256 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14257 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14259 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14261 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14262 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14264 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14266 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14267 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14271 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14272 Mark all modified buffers.
14276 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14277 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14281 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14282 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14286 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14287 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14291 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14292 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14297 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14302 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14307 Mark all read-only buffers.
14311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14312 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14316 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14317 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14318 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14321 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14325 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14326 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17842
14328 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14330 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14331 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14333 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14334 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14335 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14337 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14338 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14339 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14340 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14341 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14342 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14344 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14345 title of the column.
14347 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14348 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14349 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14350 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14351 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14353 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14355 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14356 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14357 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14358 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14359 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14361 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14362 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14363 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14365 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14367 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14368 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14369 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14370 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14371 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14372 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14374 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14375 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14376 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14377 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14378 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14379 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14380 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14381 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14383 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14384 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14385 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14386 buffer's modification flag.
14387 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14388 prompted before performing this operation.
14389 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14390 operation is complete, in the form:
14391 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14392 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14393 confirmation message, in the form:
14394 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14395 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14396 macro for exactly what it does.
14398 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14400 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14401 Define a filter named NAME.
14402 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14403 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14404 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14406 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14407 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14408 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14409 bound to the current value of the filter.
14411 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14415 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14416 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17842 58279))
14417 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14419 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14420 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14421 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14422 buffers which are visiting a file.
14424 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14426 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14427 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14428 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14429 buffers which are visiting a file.
14431 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14433 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14434 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14435 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14437 All arguments are optional.
14438 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14439 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14440 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14441 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14442 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14443 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14444 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14445 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14446 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14447 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14448 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14449 that value locally in this buffer.
14451 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14455 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14456 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14457 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17921 16827))
14458 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14460 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14461 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14462 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14463 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14465 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14467 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14468 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14469 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14470 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14472 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14473 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14474 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14476 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14478 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14479 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14480 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14481 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14482 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14483 non-marking or not.
14485 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14487 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14488 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14490 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14491 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14494 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14495 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14496 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14498 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14501 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14502 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14503 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14505 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14509 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17907
14511 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14513 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14514 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14515 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14516 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14517 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14518 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14520 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14522 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14523 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14524 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14530 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17842 56333))
14531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14533 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14534 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14535 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14536 Tab indents for Icon code.
14537 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14538 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14540 Variables controlling indentation style:
14541 icon-tab-always-indent
14542 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14543 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14545 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14546 inserted in Icon code.
14548 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14549 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14550 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14551 icon-continued-statement-offset
14552 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14553 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14554 icon-continued-brace-offset
14555 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14556 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14558 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14559 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14560 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14561 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14563 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14564 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14570 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14571 ;;;;;; (17965 23638))
14572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14574 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14575 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14576 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14577 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14579 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14580 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14583 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14584 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14586 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14587 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14588 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14590 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14592 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14596 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14597 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
14598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14600 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14601 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14603 The main features of this mode are
14605 1. Indentation and Formatting
14606 --------------------------
14607 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14608 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14610 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14611 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14612 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14613 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14615 Comments are indented as follows:
14617 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14618 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14619 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14621 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14623 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14624 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14625 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14626 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14627 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14628 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14630 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14631 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14632 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14633 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14637 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14638 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14639 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14640 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14641 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14642 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14643 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14644 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14645 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14646 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14651 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14652 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14653 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14654 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14658 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14659 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14660 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14661 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14662 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14665 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14666 --------------------------------
14667 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14668 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14670 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14671 \\fu FUNCTION template
14672 \\c CASE statement template
14673 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14674 \\f FOR loop template
14675 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14676 \\w WHILE loop template
14677 \\i IF statement template
14678 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14681 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14682 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14684 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14685 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14686 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14687 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14689 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14690 -------------------------
14691 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14692 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14694 7. Automatic END completion
14695 ------------------------
14696 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14697 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14701 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14702 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14704 9. Documentation and Customization
14705 -------------------------------
14706 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14707 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14708 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14709 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14710 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14714 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14715 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14716 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14718 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14721 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14725 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14726 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14727 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14728 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14729 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14730 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14731 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14732 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17963
14734 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14736 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14737 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14738 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14739 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14741 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14742 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14743 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14746 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14748 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14750 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14751 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14752 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14753 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14754 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14755 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14756 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14757 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14758 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14762 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14763 Switch to another buffer.
14764 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14765 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14768 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14769 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14770 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14771 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14772 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14774 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14775 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14777 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14778 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14780 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14781 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14782 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14783 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14784 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14785 in a separate window.
14786 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14787 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14788 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14789 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14790 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14791 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14792 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14793 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14794 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14798 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14799 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14800 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14801 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14805 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14806 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14807 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14808 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14812 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14814 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14815 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14819 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14820 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14821 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14822 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14826 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14827 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14828 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14829 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14833 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14834 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14838 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14839 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14840 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14841 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14842 visible in another frame.
14844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14845 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14846 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14847 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14848 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14849 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14851 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14852 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14854 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14855 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14857 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14858 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14859 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14860 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14861 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14862 in a separate window.
14863 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14864 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14865 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14866 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14867 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14868 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14869 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14870 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14871 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14872 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14873 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14874 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14875 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14876 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14877 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14881 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14882 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14883 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14884 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14888 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14889 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14890 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14891 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14895 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14896 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14897 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14898 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14902 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14903 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14904 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14905 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14909 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14910 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14911 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14912 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14916 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14917 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14918 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14919 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14923 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14924 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14925 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14926 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14930 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14931 Write current buffer to a file.
14932 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14933 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14937 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14938 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14939 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14940 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14944 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14945 Call `dired' the ido way.
14946 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14947 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14951 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14952 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14953 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14954 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14955 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14956 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14958 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14960 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14961 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14962 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14963 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14965 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14967 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14968 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14969 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14970 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14972 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14974 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14975 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14976 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14977 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14978 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14979 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14980 with `completing-read'.
14981 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14982 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14983 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14984 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14985 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14986 with point positioned at the end.
14987 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14988 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14990 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14994 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17842 58279))
14995 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14996 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14998 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14999 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15000 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15006 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15007 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
15008 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15010 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
15011 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15015 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
15016 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15022 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15023 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15024 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15025 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15026 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17868 42568))
15027 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15029 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
15030 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15031 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15034 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15036 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
15037 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15038 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15043 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
15044 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15045 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15048 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15050 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
15051 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15052 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15055 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15057 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15058 Determine and return image type.
15059 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15060 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15061 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15062 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15063 use its file extension as image type.
15064 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15066 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15068 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15069 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15070 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15072 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15074 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15075 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15076 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15078 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
15079 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
15080 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
15081 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
15082 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
15083 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
15088 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15090 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15091 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15092 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15093 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15094 use its file extension as image type.
15095 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15096 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15097 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15098 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15100 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15102 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15104 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15105 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15106 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15107 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15108 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15109 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15110 POS may be an integer or marker.
15111 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15112 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15113 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15114 means display it in the right marginal area.
15116 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15118 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15119 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15120 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15121 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15122 defaulted if you omit it.
15123 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15124 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15125 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15126 means display it in the right marginal area.
15127 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15128 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15129 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15130 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15131 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15133 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15135 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15136 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15137 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15138 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15139 defaulted if you omit it.
15140 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15141 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15142 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15143 means display it in the right marginal area.
15144 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15146 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15148 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15149 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15150 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15151 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15153 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15155 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15156 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15158 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15160 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15161 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15162 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15163 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15164 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15165 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15166 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15167 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15170 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15172 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15174 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15176 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15177 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15179 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15180 documentation string.
15182 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15183 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15184 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15185 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15186 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15187 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15188 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15193 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15194 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15196 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15200 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15201 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15202 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15203 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15204 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15205 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15206 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15207 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (17992 30877))
15208 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15210 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15211 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15215 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration) "image-dired" "\
15216 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15218 Convenience command that:
15220 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15221 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15222 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15224 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15225 image files in dired and type
15226 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15228 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15230 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15231 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15233 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15235 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15236 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15237 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15238 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15239 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15242 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15243 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15244 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15246 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15247 instead of erasing it first.
15249 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15250 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15251 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15252 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15253 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15254 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15256 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15258 (autoload (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir) "image-dired" "\
15259 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15260 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15261 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15266 (defalias (quote image-dired) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15268 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15270 (autoload (quote image-dired-tag-files) "image-dired" "\
15271 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15275 (autoload (quote image-dired-delete-tag) "image-dired" "\
15276 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15277 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15281 (autoload (quote image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "image-dired" "\
15282 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15286 (autoload (quote image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings) "image-dired" "\
15287 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15288 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15289 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15293 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs-append) "image-dired" "\
15294 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15298 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumb) "image-dired" "\
15299 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15303 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-external) "image-dired" "\
15304 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15308 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-image) "image-dired" "\
15309 Display current image file.
15310 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15311 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15315 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-comment-files) "image-dired" "\
15316 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15320 (autoload (quote image-dired-mark-tagged-files) "image-dired" "\
15321 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15322 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15323 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15324 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15325 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15326 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15330 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "image-dired" "\
15331 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15332 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15339 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15340 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15341 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17842 58279))
15342 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15344 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15345 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15346 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15347 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15349 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15350 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15351 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15352 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15354 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15356 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15357 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15358 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15359 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15361 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15362 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15363 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15364 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15366 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15368 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15369 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15373 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15374 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15375 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15376 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15378 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15380 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15381 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15382 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15385 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15387 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15389 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15390 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15391 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15392 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15394 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15395 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15396 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15402 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15403 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17868 42581))
15404 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15405 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15406 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15407 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15408 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15409 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15410 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15412 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15413 Major mode for image files.
15414 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15415 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15419 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15420 Toggle Image minor mode.
15421 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15422 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15426 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15427 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15428 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15429 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15430 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15431 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15433 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15434 information on these modes.
15440 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15441 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17842 58279))
15442 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15444 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15445 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15447 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15449 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15450 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15453 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15455 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15456 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15457 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15459 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15461 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15462 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15464 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15465 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15466 pattern's structure.
15468 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15469 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15470 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15473 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15475 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15476 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15478 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15479 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15480 called within a `save-excursion'.
15482 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15484 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15486 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15487 Function for finding the next index position.
15489 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15490 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15491 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15494 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15495 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15497 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15499 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15500 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15502 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15503 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15504 It should return the name for that index item.")
15506 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15508 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15509 Function to compare string with index item.
15511 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15512 non-nil if they match.
15514 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15515 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15516 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15517 arguments match\".")
15519 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15521 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15522 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15523 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15525 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15527 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15529 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15531 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15532 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15533 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15534 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15538 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15539 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15541 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15545 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15546 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15547 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15548 for more information.
15550 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15554 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15555 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15556 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17842 58278))
15557 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15559 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15560 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15562 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15564 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15567 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15569 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15572 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15574 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15577 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15579 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15580 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15581 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15582 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15583 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15585 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15587 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15588 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15589 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15590 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15591 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15593 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15597 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15598 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15599 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17842 56332))
15600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15602 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15603 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15604 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15605 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15606 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15608 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15610 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15611 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15613 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15615 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15616 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15617 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15618 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15619 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15620 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15621 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15622 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15624 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15626 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15627 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15628 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15629 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15630 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15632 This variable is only used if the variable
15633 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15635 More precise choices:
15636 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15637 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15640 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15642 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15644 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15645 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15647 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15648 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15649 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15651 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15652 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15653 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15654 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15657 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15659 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15663 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15664 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15665 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15666 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18006 55795))
15667 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15669 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15670 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15672 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15673 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15674 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15676 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15677 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15678 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15679 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15680 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15681 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15682 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15683 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15684 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15685 with the top-level Info directory.
15687 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15688 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15689 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15690 appended to the Info buffer name.
15692 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15693 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15694 in all the directories in that path.
15696 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15698 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15699 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15703 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15704 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15705 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15706 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15710 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15711 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15712 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15713 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15715 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15717 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15718 Go to the Info directory node.
15722 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15723 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15724 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15725 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15726 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15727 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15729 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15731 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15732 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15733 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15735 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15737 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15738 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15739 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15740 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15741 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15743 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15744 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15746 Selecting other nodes:
15747 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15748 Follow a node reference you click on.
15749 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15750 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15751 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15752 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15753 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15754 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15755 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15756 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15757 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15758 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15759 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15760 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15761 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15762 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15763 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15764 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15765 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15766 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15767 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15768 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15770 Moving within a node:
15771 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15772 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15773 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15774 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15775 move up to the parent node.
15776 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15777 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15779 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15782 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15783 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15784 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15785 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15786 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15787 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15788 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15789 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15790 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15791 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15792 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15793 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15794 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15795 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15796 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15797 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15800 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15802 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15803 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15804 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15805 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15806 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15807 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15809 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15810 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15812 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15813 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15815 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15816 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15817 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15818 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15822 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15823 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15824 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15830 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15831 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15832 ;;;;;; (17878 61008))
15833 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15835 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15836 Throw away all cached data.
15837 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15838 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15842 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15844 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15845 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15846 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15847 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15848 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15849 one found at point.
15851 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15853 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15854 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15856 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15857 Display the documentation of a file.
15858 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15859 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15860 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15861 The default file name is the one found at point.
15863 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15865 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15867 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15868 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15870 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15872 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15873 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15875 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15879 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15880 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17842 58279))
15881 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15883 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15884 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15886 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15888 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15889 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15890 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15894 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15895 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15896 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15898 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15899 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15906 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15907 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17842 58279))
15908 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15910 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15911 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15913 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15915 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15916 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15917 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15919 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15920 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15921 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15923 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15924 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15925 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15926 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15930 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15931 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15932 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15936 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15937 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15938 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15939 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15940 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15946 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15947 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15948 ;;;;;; (17903 2305))
15949 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15951 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15952 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15956 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15957 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15961 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15964 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15968 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17918
15970 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15972 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15973 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15974 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15975 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15976 accessed via isearchb.
15982 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15983 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
15984 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15986 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15987 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15988 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15989 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15990 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15991 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15993 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15994 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15996 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15997 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15998 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15999 \"s gives German sharp s.
16000 /a gives a with ring.
16001 /e gives an a-e ligature.
16002 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
16003 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
16004 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
16006 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
16007 and a negative argument disables it.
16009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16013 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16014 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16015 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16016 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17992 30878))
16017 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16019 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
16020 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16021 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16022 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16024 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16026 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
16027 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16028 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16029 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16031 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16033 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
16034 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16035 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16036 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16038 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16040 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16041 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16042 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16043 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16045 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16047 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16048 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16049 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16050 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16052 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16054 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
16055 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16056 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16061 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
16062 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16063 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16064 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16066 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16068 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
16069 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16070 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16071 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16073 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16075 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16076 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16077 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16078 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16080 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16082 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16083 Warn that format is read-only.
16085 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16087 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16088 Warn that format is write-only.
16090 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16092 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
16093 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16100 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
16101 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16102 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16103 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16104 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16108 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16109 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16110 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16111 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16112 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16113 ;;;;;; (18006 55797))
16114 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16115 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16117 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16118 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16119 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16120 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16122 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
16123 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16125 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16126 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16127 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16129 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16130 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16133 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
16135 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16137 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
16139 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
16141 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
16143 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16145 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
16147 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16148 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16150 Each element of this list is also a list:
16152 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16153 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16155 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16156 nil means the default dictionary.
16158 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16160 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16162 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16163 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16164 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16165 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16166 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16167 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16168 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16169 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16170 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16172 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16173 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16174 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16175 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16176 for non-ASCII bytes.
16178 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16179 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16182 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16185 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16186 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16187 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16188 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16189 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16190 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16191 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16192 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16194 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16196 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16197 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16198 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16200 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16201 Key map for ispell menu.")
16203 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16204 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16205 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16206 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16208 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16210 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16212 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16214 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16216 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16217 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16218 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16219 Valid forms include:
16220 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16221 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16222 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16223 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16225 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16226 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16227 First list is used raw.
16228 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16230 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16231 for skipping in latex mode.")
16233 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16234 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16235 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16236 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16237 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16238 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16240 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16241 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16242 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16243 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16245 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16246 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16247 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16248 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16249 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16251 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16252 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16254 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16255 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16257 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16258 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16261 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16262 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16263 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16264 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16265 quit spell session exited.
16267 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16269 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16270 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16271 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16273 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16275 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16276 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16280 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16281 SPC: Accept word this time.
16282 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16283 `a': Accept word for this session.
16284 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16285 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16286 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16287 `?': Show these commands.
16288 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16289 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16290 the aborted check to be completed later.
16291 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16292 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16293 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16294 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16295 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16296 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16297 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16301 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16302 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16303 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16305 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16307 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16308 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16309 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16310 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16312 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16314 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16316 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16317 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16318 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16319 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16321 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16323 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16324 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16328 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16329 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16333 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16334 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16338 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16339 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16340 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16341 sequence inside of a word.
16343 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16345 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16347 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16348 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16352 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16353 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16354 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16355 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16357 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16358 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16359 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16360 available on the net.
16364 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16365 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16366 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16368 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16369 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16371 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16372 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16376 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16377 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16378 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16379 Don't check included messages.
16381 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16382 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16383 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16385 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16386 in your .emacs file:
16387 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16388 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16389 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16390 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16392 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16393 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16394 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16400 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17819
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16404 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16405 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16406 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16408 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16409 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16411 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16413 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16414 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16415 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16416 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16417 `iswitchb' for details.
16419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16423 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16424 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16425 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16426 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17842 58278))
16427 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16429 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16434 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16435 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16436 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16437 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16438 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16439 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16440 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16441 necessary to represent OBJ.
16443 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16445 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16446 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16447 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16448 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16450 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16452 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16453 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16454 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16455 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16456 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16458 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16460 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16461 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16462 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16463 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16465 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16467 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16468 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16469 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16470 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16472 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16474 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16475 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16477 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16479 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16480 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16481 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16482 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16483 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16485 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16487 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16488 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16489 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16490 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16491 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16493 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16495 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16496 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16497 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16499 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16503 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16504 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17853 24893))
16505 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16507 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16508 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16509 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16510 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16512 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16515 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16517 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16518 Uninstall jka-compr.
16519 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16520 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16521 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16527 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16528 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16529 ;;;;;; (17833 41203))
16530 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16532 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16533 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16534 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16535 decimal key must be specified.")
16537 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16539 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16540 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16541 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16542 decimal key must be specified.")
16544 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16546 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16547 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16548 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16549 decimal key must be specified.")
16551 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16553 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16554 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16555 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16556 decimal key must be specified.")
16558 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16560 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16561 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16562 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16563 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16564 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16568 -------------------------------------------------------------
16569 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16570 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16571 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16572 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16573 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16574 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16575 in the global and local keymaps.
16577 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16578 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16580 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16584 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16585 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
16586 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16588 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16589 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16590 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16592 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16593 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16594 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16595 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16598 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16599 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16600 the context of text formatting.
16602 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16606 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17842
16608 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16610 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16611 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16612 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16613 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16614 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16615 positions that contains the current selection.")
16617 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16618 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16619 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16620 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16621 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16622 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16623 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16625 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16629 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16630 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16631 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16632 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17833 41350))
16633 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16634 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16635 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16636 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16637 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16638 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16639 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16640 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16642 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16643 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16644 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16645 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16646 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16648 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16650 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16651 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16652 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16654 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16655 defining the macro.
16657 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16658 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16659 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16661 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16662 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16666 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16667 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16668 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16669 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16670 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16673 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16674 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16675 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16679 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16680 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16681 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16683 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16684 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16685 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16686 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16688 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16689 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16691 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16693 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16694 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16695 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16697 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16700 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16701 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16703 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16704 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16705 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16707 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16708 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16712 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16713 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16714 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16715 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16717 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16719 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16720 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16721 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16722 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16724 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16725 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16727 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16729 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16730 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16731 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16733 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16737 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16738 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16739 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
16740 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16742 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16744 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16747 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16749 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16752 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16754 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16757 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16761 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16762 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17842 58278))
16763 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16765 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16766 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16767 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16769 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16776 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16777 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
16778 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16780 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16782 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16783 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16787 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16789 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16790 Start or resume an Lm game.
16791 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16792 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16794 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16795 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16796 none / 1 | yes | no
16801 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16802 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16803 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16809 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16810 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16811 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17842
16813 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16815 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16818 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16820 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16821 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16822 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16823 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16824 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16825 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16827 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16828 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16830 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16832 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16833 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16835 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16837 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16840 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16842 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16843 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16844 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16845 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16848 The return value is number of composed characters.
16850 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16852 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16855 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16859 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16860 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16861 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17842 54888))
16862 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16864 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16865 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16866 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16867 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16869 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16871 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16872 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16873 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16875 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16877 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16878 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16879 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16883 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16884 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16885 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16886 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16888 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16892 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16893 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17874 62081))
16894 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16896 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16897 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16898 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16899 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16900 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16901 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16902 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16903 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16905 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16906 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16908 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16909 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16911 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16913 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16914 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16915 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16916 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16917 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16918 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16919 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16920 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16922 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16924 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16925 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16926 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16927 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16930 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16932 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16936 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16937 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17994 6715))
16938 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16940 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16941 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16942 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16943 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16945 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16947 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16948 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16951 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16953 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16954 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16955 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16956 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16957 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16960 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16961 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16962 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16963 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16964 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16966 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16967 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16968 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16969 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16970 slow to keep up with your typing.
16972 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16973 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16974 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16975 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16976 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16977 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16979 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16980 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16981 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16982 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16984 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16985 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16986 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16987 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16989 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16990 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16991 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16992 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16993 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16997 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16998 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
17004 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
17005 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
17006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17008 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
17010 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
17012 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
17013 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17019 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
17020 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
17021 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
17023 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
17024 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
17026 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
17027 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
17029 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
17030 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
17032 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
17033 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
17034 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
17035 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
17036 for later transmission to Lisp job.
17037 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
17038 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
17039 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
17040 and transmit saved text.
17043 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
17044 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
17048 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
17055 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17842 55395))
17056 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17058 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
17059 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17060 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17061 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17062 generations (this defaults to 1).
17064 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17068 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17942
17070 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17072 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
17073 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
17074 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17075 is nil, raise an error.
17077 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
17078 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
17079 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
17080 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
17081 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
17082 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
17083 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
17084 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
17085 such as redefining an Emacs function.
17087 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17091 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17092 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17992 30877))
17093 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17095 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17096 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17097 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17099 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
17101 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
17102 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17103 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17104 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17106 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17107 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17108 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17109 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17110 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17111 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17114 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17115 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17117 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17118 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17120 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17122 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17124 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
17125 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17126 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17127 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17128 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17129 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17130 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17131 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17132 to constrain a big search.
17134 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17136 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17137 except that FILTER is not optional.
17139 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17143 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18010 5298))
17144 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17146 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
17147 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17148 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17149 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17150 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
17151 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17152 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17153 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17154 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17155 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17156 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17157 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17158 uses the current buffer.
17160 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17164 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17842
17166 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17168 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17169 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17175 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17992
17177 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17179 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17180 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17181 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17182 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17183 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17185 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17186 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17187 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17189 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17190 are indicated with a symbol.
17192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17196 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17197 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17842
17199 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17201 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17203 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17205 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17206 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17207 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17209 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17210 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17212 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17213 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17214 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17215 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17216 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17217 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17218 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17220 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17222 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17223 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17224 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17225 switch on this list.
17226 See `lpr-command'.")
17228 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17230 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17231 *Name of program for printing a file.
17233 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17234 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17235 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17236 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17237 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17238 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17241 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17243 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17244 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17245 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17246 for customization of the printer command.
17250 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17251 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17253 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17254 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17255 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17256 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17258 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17259 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17261 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17262 for further customization of the printer command.
17266 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17267 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17268 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17269 for customization of the printer command.
17271 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17273 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17274 Paginate and print the region contents.
17276 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17277 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17278 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17279 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17281 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17282 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17284 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17285 for further customization of the printer command.
17287 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17291 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17292 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
17293 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17295 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17296 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17297 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17299 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17303 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17956
17305 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17307 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17308 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17309 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17311 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17317 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17923
17319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17321 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17322 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17329 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17330 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
17331 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17333 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17334 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17335 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17336 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17337 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17339 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17343 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17344 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17842 58279))
17345 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17347 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17348 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17349 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17350 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17351 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17353 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17355 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17356 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17357 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17358 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17360 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17361 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17362 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17363 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17366 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17367 use this command, and then save the file.
17369 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17371 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17372 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17373 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17374 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17375 each time the macro executes.
17376 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17377 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17378 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17379 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17380 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17381 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17382 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17386 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17387 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17388 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17389 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17391 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17392 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17393 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17396 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17397 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17399 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17400 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17401 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17402 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17403 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17405 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17408 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17409 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17410 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17412 You could enter the names in this format:
17418 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17421 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17424 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17425 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17427 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17428 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17432 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17433 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17842 55035))
17434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17436 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17437 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17438 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17439 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17440 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17441 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17443 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17444 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17445 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17446 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17447 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17449 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17450 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17451 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17454 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17456 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17457 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17459 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17463 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17464 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17465 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17466 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17468 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17469 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17473 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17478 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17479 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17481 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17483 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17484 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17485 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17488 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17494 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17495 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17496 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17842
17498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17500 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17501 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17502 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17503 often correct parser.")
17505 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17507 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17510 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17512 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17513 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17514 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17515 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17517 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17519 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17520 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17521 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17522 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17524 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17526 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17527 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17528 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17529 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17530 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17531 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17532 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17535 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17537 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17538 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17539 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17540 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17541 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17542 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17544 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17548 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17549 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17992 30878))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17552 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17553 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17557 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17558 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17559 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17561 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17563 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17564 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17565 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17567 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17571 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17572 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17842
17574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17576 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17577 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17578 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17580 If `parens', they look like:
17581 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17582 If `angles', they look like:
17583 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17585 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17587 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17588 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17589 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17590 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17591 their `Resent-' variants.
17593 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17594 removed from alias expansions.
17596 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17598 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17599 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17600 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17602 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17603 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17604 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17605 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17607 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17609 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17610 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17611 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17612 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17618 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17619 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17620 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17622 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17623 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17624 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17625 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17631 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17632 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17633 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17842 56332))
17634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17636 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17637 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17639 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17640 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17641 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17642 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17643 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17644 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17646 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17647 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17648 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17649 dependency, despite the colon.
17651 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17653 In the browser, use the following keys:
17655 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17657 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17659 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17660 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17662 `makefile-target-colon':
17663 The string that gets appended to all target names
17664 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17665 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17667 `makefile-macro-assign':
17668 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17669 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17670 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17671 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17672 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17673 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17675 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17676 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17677 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17679 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17680 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17682 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17683 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17684 up or down in the browser.
17686 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17687 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17689 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17690 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17692 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17693 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17694 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17695 has been selected in the browser.
17697 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17698 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17699 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17700 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17701 filenames are omitted.
17703 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17704 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17705 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17706 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17707 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17708 the backslash itself intact.
17709 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17710 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17712 `makefile-browser-hook':
17713 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17714 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17716 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17717 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17718 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17719 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17723 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17724 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17728 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17729 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17733 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17734 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17738 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17739 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17743 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17744 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17750 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17842
17752 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17754 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17755 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17756 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17762 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17992 30877))
17763 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17765 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17767 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17768 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17769 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17770 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17771 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17772 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17773 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17775 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17776 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17777 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17778 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17780 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17782 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17783 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17785 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17789 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17842 58279))
17790 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17792 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17793 Toggle Master mode.
17794 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17795 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17796 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17798 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17799 following commands:
17801 \\{master-mode-map}
17803 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17804 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17805 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17811 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17942
17813 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17815 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17817 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17818 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17819 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17822 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17824 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17826 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17827 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17828 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17829 created in the future.
17830 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17831 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17837 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17838 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17839 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17840 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17841 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17842 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17843 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17844 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17845 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17846 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17847 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18010 19867))
17848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17850 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17851 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17853 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17855 If `parens', they look like:
17856 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17857 If `angles', they look like:
17858 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17860 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17861 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17863 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17865 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17866 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17868 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17870 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17871 *Local news organization file.")
17873 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17875 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17876 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17877 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17878 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17880 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17881 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17882 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17884 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17886 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17888 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17889 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17891 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17892 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17893 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17894 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17896 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17898 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17899 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17900 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17901 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17903 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17905 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17906 *Function for citing an original message.
17907 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17908 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17909 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17911 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17913 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17914 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17915 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17916 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17917 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17919 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17921 (defvar message-signature t "\
17922 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17923 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17924 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17925 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17927 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17929 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17930 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17931 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17932 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17934 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17936 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17937 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17939 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17941 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17943 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17944 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17945 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17946 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17947 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17948 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17949 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17950 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17951 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17952 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17953 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17954 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17955 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17956 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17957 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17958 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17959 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17960 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17961 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17962 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17963 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17964 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17965 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17966 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17967 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17968 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17969 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17970 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17971 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17972 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17973 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17974 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17975 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17976 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17977 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17978 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17979 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17983 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17984 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17985 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17986 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17987 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17989 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17991 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17992 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17994 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17996 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17997 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17999 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
18001 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
18002 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18004 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18006 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
18007 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18008 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18010 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18012 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
18013 Cancel an article you posted.
18014 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18018 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
18019 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18020 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18021 header line with the old Message-ID.
18025 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
18026 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18030 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
18031 Forward the current message via mail.
18032 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18033 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18035 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18037 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
18040 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18042 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
18045 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18047 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
18048 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18052 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
18053 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18055 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18057 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
18058 Re-mail the current message.
18059 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18060 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18065 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
18066 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18068 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18070 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
18071 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18073 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18075 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
18076 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18078 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18080 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
18081 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18083 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18085 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
18086 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18087 Works by overstriking characters.
18088 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18089 which specify the range to operate on.
18091 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18093 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
18094 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18095 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18096 which specify the range to operate on.
18098 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18102 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18103 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
18104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18106 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
18107 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18111 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18112 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18116 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
18117 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18121 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18122 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18128 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18129 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18130 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
18131 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18133 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
18134 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18135 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18139 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
18140 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18141 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18142 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18143 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18144 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18145 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18147 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18149 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
18150 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18151 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18152 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18153 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18155 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18156 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18158 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18160 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
18161 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18162 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18163 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18164 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18166 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18167 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18169 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18173 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18174 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18175 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17842 55144))
18176 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18178 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18179 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18180 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18184 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18185 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18186 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18190 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18191 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18193 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18194 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18195 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18197 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18198 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18200 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18201 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18203 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18205 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18207 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18208 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18209 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18210 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18211 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18214 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18215 initial Subject field, respectively.
18217 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18218 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18221 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18224 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18226 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18227 Save draft and send message.
18229 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18230 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18231 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18234 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18235 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18236 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18238 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18239 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18240 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18241 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18242 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18243 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18245 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18246 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18250 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18251 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18253 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18254 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18255 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18256 delete the draft message.
18262 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17842 55144))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18265 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18267 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18269 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18271 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18272 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18278 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18279 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17842 55144))
18280 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18282 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18283 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18284 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18286 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18287 the MH mail system.
18289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18291 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18292 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18293 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18295 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18296 the MH mail system.
18298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18300 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18301 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18303 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18304 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18305 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18308 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18309 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18310 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18313 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18317 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18318 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18319 can be used in several ways.
18321 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18322 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18323 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18324 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18328 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18329 The range must be nonempty.
18334 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18335 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18342 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18345 All of the messages.
18347 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18348 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18350 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18351 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18352 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18354 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18360 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18361 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17842 58279))
18362 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18364 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18365 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18366 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18367 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18368 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18369 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18370 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18371 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18372 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18373 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18374 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18378 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18379 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18380 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18381 to its second argument TM.
18383 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18387 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18388 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17842 58279))
18389 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18391 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18392 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18393 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18394 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18395 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18396 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18398 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18400 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18401 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18402 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18403 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18404 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18405 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18406 default indication.
18408 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18409 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18415 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18416 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
18417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18419 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18420 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18425 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18429 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18430 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18431 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
18432 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18434 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18437 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18439 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18442 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18444 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18445 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18446 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18449 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18453 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18454 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17842 54741))
18455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18457 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18458 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18460 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18462 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18463 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18464 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18465 the entire message.
18466 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18468 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18472 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18473 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18476 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18477 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18478 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18479 the entire message.
18480 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18482 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18486 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18487 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17842 54741))
18488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18490 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18491 Insert file contents of URL.
18492 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18494 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18496 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18497 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18499 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18503 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18504 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17842 54741))
18505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18507 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18508 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18509 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18510 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18511 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18513 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18515 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18516 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18517 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18519 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18523 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18524 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18527 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18530 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18532 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18535 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18539 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18540 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18541 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17842 54741))
18542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18544 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18547 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18549 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18552 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18554 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18557 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18559 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18562 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18564 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18567 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18569 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18572 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18574 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18581 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18582 ;;;;;; (17276 13069))
18583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18585 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18586 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18587 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18588 followed by the first character of the construct.
18590 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18591 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18592 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18593 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18594 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18595 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18596 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18597 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18598 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18599 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18600 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18601 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18602 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18605 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18606 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18607 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18613 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18614 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18617 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18618 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18620 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18622 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18623 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18625 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18629 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17842
18631 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18633 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18634 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18635 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18636 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18637 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18638 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18640 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18642 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18643 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18644 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18645 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18647 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18649 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18651 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18653 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18654 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18655 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18656 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18657 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18658 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18660 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18661 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18662 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18663 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18664 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18666 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18667 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18669 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18670 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18672 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18674 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18675 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18676 primary selection and region.
18678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18682 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17862 6157))
18683 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18685 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18686 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18692 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18006 55796))
18693 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18695 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18696 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18697 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18698 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18699 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18700 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18702 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18704 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18706 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18707 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18708 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18714 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18715 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18716 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18717 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18718 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18719 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
18720 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18722 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18723 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18724 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18725 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18726 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18727 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18728 set of ISO charsets.
18730 Each element has the following format:
18731 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18733 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18735 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18736 CHARSET are mapped.
18738 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18739 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18740 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18741 character code in CHARSET.
18743 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18744 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18745 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18747 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18748 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18750 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18751 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18753 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18754 Display a list of all character sets.
18756 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18757 internal Emacs use.
18759 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18760 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18761 hexadecimal digits.
18762 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18763 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18765 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18766 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18767 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18768 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18770 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18771 but still shows the full information.
18775 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18776 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18777 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18778 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18779 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18781 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18782 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18783 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18784 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18785 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18787 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18789 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18790 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18791 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18792 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18793 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18795 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18797 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18798 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18800 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18802 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18803 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18805 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18807 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18808 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18810 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18811 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18813 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18814 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18815 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18816 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18817 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18818 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18819 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18820 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18821 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18822 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18823 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18824 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18825 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18826 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18827 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18828 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18832 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18833 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18837 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18838 Display a list of all coding systems.
18839 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18841 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18842 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18846 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18847 Display a list of all coding categories.
18851 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18852 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18853 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18855 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18857 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18858 Display information about FONTSET.
18859 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18861 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18863 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18864 Display a list of all fontsets.
18865 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18866 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18867 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18871 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18872 Display information about all input methods.
18876 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18877 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18879 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18880 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18881 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18882 system which uses fontsets).
18888 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18889 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18890 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18891 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18892 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18893 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17842 54888))
18894 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18896 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18897 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18898 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18900 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18902 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18904 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18905 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18907 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18908 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18910 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18911 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18913 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18915 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18916 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18917 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18918 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18919 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18920 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18921 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18923 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18924 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18925 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18926 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18927 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18928 middle of a character in STR.
18930 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18931 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18933 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18934 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18935 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18936 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18937 defaults to \"...\".
18939 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18941 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18942 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18944 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18945 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18946 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18948 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18949 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18950 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18952 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18953 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18954 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18956 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18957 longer than KEYSEQ.
18958 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18960 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18962 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18963 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18964 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18965 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18966 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18967 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18968 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18969 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18970 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18971 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18972 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18974 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18976 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18977 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18979 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18981 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18982 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18984 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18986 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18987 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18989 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18991 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18992 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18994 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18996 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18997 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18998 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18999 coding systems ordered by priority.
19001 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
19003 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
19004 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19005 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19006 language environment LANG-ENV.
19008 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19010 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
19011 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19012 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19013 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
19014 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
19015 basis, this may not be accurate.
19017 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19021 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
19022 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
19023 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
19025 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
19026 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
19027 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19028 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19029 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19030 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
19032 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
19034 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
19035 Toggle mouse wheel support.
19036 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
19037 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
19039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19041 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
19042 Enable mouse wheel support.
19044 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
19048 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
19049 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
19050 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
19051 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17891 7215))
19052 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19054 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
19055 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19057 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19059 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
19061 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19062 `ping-program-options'.
19066 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
19067 Run ipconfig program.
19071 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
19073 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
19074 Run netstat program.
19078 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
19079 Run the arp program.
19083 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
19084 Run the route program.
19088 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
19089 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19093 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
19094 Run nslookup program.
19098 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
19099 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19103 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
19108 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
19113 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
19114 Finger USER on HOST.
19116 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19118 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
19119 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19120 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19121 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19123 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19125 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
19130 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
19131 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19133 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19135 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
19136 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19138 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19142 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19143 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19144 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19145 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19146 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19147 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17992 30877))
19148 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19150 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
19152 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
19154 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
19156 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
19158 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
19159 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19160 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19161 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19162 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19163 Major modes should set this variable.")
19165 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19166 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19167 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19168 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19169 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19170 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19172 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19173 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19175 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19176 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19177 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19179 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19180 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19181 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19182 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19183 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19185 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19186 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19187 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19189 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19190 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19191 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19192 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19194 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19195 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19196 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19197 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19198 column indentation or nil.
19199 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19201 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19202 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19203 The function has no args.
19205 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19206 comments always start in column zero.")
19208 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19209 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19210 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19212 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19214 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19215 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19216 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19217 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19219 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19220 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19222 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19224 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19225 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19226 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19227 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19228 customize this variable.
19230 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19231 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19233 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19235 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19236 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19237 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19238 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19239 the variables are properly set.
19241 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19243 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19244 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19248 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19249 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19250 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19252 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19254 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19255 Set the comment column based on point.
19256 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19257 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19258 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19259 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19263 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19264 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19265 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19269 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19270 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19271 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19274 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19276 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19277 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19278 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19279 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19280 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19281 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19282 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19283 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19285 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19286 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19288 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19290 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19291 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19292 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19293 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19295 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19297 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19298 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19299 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19300 is passed on to the respective function.
19302 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19304 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19305 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19306 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19307 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19308 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19309 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19310 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19311 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19312 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19316 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19317 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19318 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19320 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19322 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19323 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19324 This indents the body of the continued comment
19325 under the previous comment line.
19327 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19328 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19329 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19331 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19332 or comment indentation.
19334 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19335 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19337 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19341 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19342 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19343 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17873 44590))
19344 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19346 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19347 Check whether newsticker is running.
19348 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19349 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19353 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19354 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19355 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19356 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19361 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19362 Start the newsticker.
19363 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19364 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19365 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19366 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19368 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19370 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19371 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19372 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19377 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19378 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19384 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19385 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
19386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19388 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19389 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19391 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19395 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17842
19397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19399 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19400 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19401 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19402 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19403 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19404 symbol in the alist.
19406 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19410 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19411 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19414 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19415 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19416 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19422 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19423 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19426 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19427 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19428 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19434 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19435 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19438 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19439 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19441 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19445 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19446 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17842 54741))
19447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19449 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19450 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19454 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19455 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19459 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19460 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19466 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19467 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17842 58279))
19468 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19470 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19471 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19472 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19474 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19476 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19479 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19481 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19482 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19483 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19484 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19485 to future sessions.
19487 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19489 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19490 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19491 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19492 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19493 to future sessions.
19495 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19499 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19500 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
19501 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19503 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19504 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19506 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19507 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19508 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19514 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19515 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19518 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19519 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19520 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19521 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19522 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19528 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19529 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19532 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19533 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19534 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19536 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19538 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19539 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19541 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19542 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19543 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19547 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19551 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19552 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19555 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19556 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19558 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19559 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19560 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19561 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19563 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19564 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19565 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19566 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19567 is why you need this mode!).
19569 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19570 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19571 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19573 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19578 \\{octave-mode-map}
19580 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19581 ==============================================
19584 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19587 octave-auto-newline
19588 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19591 octave-blink-matching-block
19592 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19593 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19595 octave-block-offset
19596 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19599 octave-continuation-offset
19600 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19603 octave-continuation-string
19604 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19605 Default is a backslash.
19607 octave-mode-startup-message
19608 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19611 octave-send-echo-input
19612 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19613 command to the inferior Octave process.
19615 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19616 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19617 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19619 octave-send-echo-input
19620 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19622 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19624 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19625 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19627 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19628 (setq auto-mode-alist
19629 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19631 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19632 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19634 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19638 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19639 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19641 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19642 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19643 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19644 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19650 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19651 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19652 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19654 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19655 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19656 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19660 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19661 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19662 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19663 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19664 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19666 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19672 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19673 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19674 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19675 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19676 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19677 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19678 ;;;;;; (17922 37459))
19679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19681 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19682 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19683 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19685 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19686 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19687 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19688 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19689 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19690 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19691 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19692 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19693 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19694 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19696 The following commands are available:
19702 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19703 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19705 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19706 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19707 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19708 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19709 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19711 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19712 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19713 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19714 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19715 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19716 and zoom in further.
19717 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19719 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19720 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19721 is negative, go up that many levels.
19723 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19724 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19725 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19727 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19728 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19732 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19733 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19737 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19738 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19742 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19743 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19747 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19748 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19749 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19750 \\[org-insert-link].
19751 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19752 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19753 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19757 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19758 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19759 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19760 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19761 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19765 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19766 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19767 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19768 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19770 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19772 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19773 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19774 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19775 of the remember buffer.
19779 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19780 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19781 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19782 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19783 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19784 file the text at a specific location.
19785 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19786 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19787 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19789 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19790 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19791 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19792 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19793 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19794 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19795 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19796 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19798 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19799 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19800 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19801 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19803 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19804 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19805 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19807 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19808 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19809 \(i.e. after the stars).
19811 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19815 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19816 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19817 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19818 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19820 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19821 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19822 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19823 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19824 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19825 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19826 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19827 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19829 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19830 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19831 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19833 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19834 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19835 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19839 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19840 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19841 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19842 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19843 before running the agenda command.
19845 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19847 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19848 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19849 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19850 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19854 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19855 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19856 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19857 will be able to go to other weeks.
19858 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19859 also be shown, under the current date.
19860 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19861 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19862 to turn on logging.
19863 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19864 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19865 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19867 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19869 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19870 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19871 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19872 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19873 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19874 `org-todo-keywords'.
19878 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19879 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19880 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19882 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19884 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19885 Return diary information from org-files.
19886 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19887 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19888 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19889 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19891 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19892 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19893 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19895 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19896 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19897 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19898 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19900 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19901 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19902 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19904 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19905 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19906 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19907 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19909 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19911 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19913 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19914 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19918 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19919 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19922 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19924 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19925 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19926 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19928 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19930 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19931 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19932 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19933 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19937 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19938 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19939 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19940 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19944 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19945 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19946 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19952 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19953 ;;;;;; (17952 11093))
19954 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19955 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19957 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19958 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19959 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19960 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19962 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19963 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19964 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19965 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19967 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19968 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19969 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19970 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19971 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19972 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19974 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19975 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19976 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19978 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19979 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19980 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19981 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19982 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19983 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19984 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19985 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19986 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19987 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19988 The subheadings remain visible.
19989 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19991 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19992 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19993 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19995 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19996 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20000 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
20001 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20002 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20003 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17842
20011 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20012 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20013 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20014 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20015 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20016 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20017 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20018 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20019 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20020 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20024 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18016 8765))
20025 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20027 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20028 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20029 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20031 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20032 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20034 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
20036 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
20037 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20038 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20039 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20041 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20042 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20048 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20049 ;;;;;; (17957 43164))
20050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20052 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
20053 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20054 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20055 unknown are returned as nil.
20057 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20061 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17842
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20065 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
20066 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20067 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20069 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20070 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20072 Other useful functions are:
20074 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20075 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20076 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20077 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20078 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20079 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20080 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20081 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20082 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20084 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20086 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20087 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20088 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20089 Indentation for case statements.
20090 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20091 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20093 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20094 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20095 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20096 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20097 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20098 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20099 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20100 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20101 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20102 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20104 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20105 pascal-separator-keywords.
20107 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20108 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20114 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20115 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
20116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20118 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
20119 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20120 The keys affected are:
20121 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20122 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20123 M-Backspace does undo.
20124 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20125 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20126 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20132 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20133 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17842 54264))
20134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20136 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20137 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20138 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20139 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20140 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20141 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20143 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20145 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
20146 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20148 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20150 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20151 which modify the status of the mark.
20153 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20154 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20156 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20157 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20159 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20160 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20161 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20162 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20163 turning PC Selection mode on.
20165 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20166 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20168 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20169 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20170 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20172 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20173 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20174 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20176 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20177 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20179 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20180 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20181 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20183 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20184 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20185 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20191 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20192 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20197 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20198 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20199 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20200 and cursor movement commands.
20201 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20203 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20205 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20209 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17842
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20213 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20214 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20220 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20221 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17842 58279))
20222 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20224 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20225 Completion for `gzip'.
20229 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20230 Completion for `bzip2'.
20234 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20235 Completion for GNU `make'.
20239 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20240 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20244 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20248 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20249 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17842 58279))
20250 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20252 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20253 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20257 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20258 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20262 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20263 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20269 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17842
20271 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20273 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20274 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20275 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20276 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20277 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20278 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20284 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20285 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20286 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17842 58279))
20287 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20289 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20290 Completion for `cd'.
20294 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20296 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20297 Completion for `rmdir'.
20301 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20302 Completion for `rm'.
20306 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20307 Completion for `xargs'.
20311 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20313 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20314 Completion for `which'.
20318 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20319 Completion for the `chown' command.
20323 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20324 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20330 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20331 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20332 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17944
20334 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20336 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20337 Support extensible programmable completion.
20338 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20339 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20341 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20343 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20344 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20348 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20349 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20350 This will modify the current buffer.
20354 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20355 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20359 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20360 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20361 This will modify the current buffer.
20365 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20366 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20370 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20371 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20375 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20376 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20377 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20378 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20379 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20381 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20383 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20384 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20390 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20391 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20392 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18006 55796))
20393 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20395 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20396 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20397 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20398 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20400 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20402 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20404 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20405 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20406 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20407 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20408 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20409 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20412 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20414 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20415 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20416 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20417 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20418 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20419 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20420 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20421 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20423 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20425 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20426 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20427 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20428 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20429 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20430 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20431 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20434 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20436 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20437 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20438 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20439 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20440 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20441 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20442 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20444 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20446 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20448 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20449 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20450 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20452 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20454 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20455 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20456 A value of nil means never do it.
20457 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20458 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20459 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20461 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20463 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20464 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20465 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17842 58279))
20470 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20472 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20476 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20477 ;;;;;; (17962 28280))
20478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20480 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20481 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20482 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20483 Tab indents for Perl code.
20484 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20485 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20486 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20488 Variables controlling indentation style:
20489 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20490 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20491 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20492 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20493 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20494 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20495 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20497 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20498 `perl-indent-level'
20499 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20500 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20501 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20502 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20503 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20504 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20505 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20506 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20507 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20508 `perl-brace-offset'
20509 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20510 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20511 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20512 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20513 `perl-label-offset'
20514 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20515 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20516 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20518 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20519 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20520 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20521 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20522 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20523 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20524 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20526 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20532 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20533 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20534 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20535 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17842 58279))
20536 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20538 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20539 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20541 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20543 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20544 passphrase cache or user.
20546 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20548 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20549 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20551 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20554 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20556 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20557 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20559 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20562 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20563 passphrase cache or user.
20565 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20567 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20568 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20570 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20572 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20575 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20576 passphrase cache or user.
20578 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20580 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20581 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20583 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20584 passphrase cache or user.
20586 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20588 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20589 Decrypt the current buffer.
20591 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20594 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20595 passphrase cache or user.
20597 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20599 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20600 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20602 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20603 a detached signature.
20605 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20606 and the the output is displayed.
20608 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20609 passphrase cache or user.
20611 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20613 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20614 Sign the current buffer.
20616 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20617 detached signature.
20619 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20622 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20623 and the the output is displayed.
20625 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20626 passphrase cache or user.
20628 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20630 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20631 Verify the current region between START and END.
20632 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20633 the detached signature of the current region.
20635 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20636 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20638 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20640 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20641 Verify the current buffer.
20642 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20643 the detached signature of the current region.
20644 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20645 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20646 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20649 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20651 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20652 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20656 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20657 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20659 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20661 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20662 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20668 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20669 ;;;;;; (17887 33207))
20670 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20672 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20673 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20675 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20679 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20680 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20681 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20683 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20684 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20685 \\<picture-mode-map>
20686 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20687 afterwards settable by these commands:
20689 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20690 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20691 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20692 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20694 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20695 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20696 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20697 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20699 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20700 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20701 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20702 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20704 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20705 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20706 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20707 with these commands:
20709 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20710 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20711 Move to column following last
20712 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20713 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20714 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20715 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20716 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20717 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20719 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20721 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20722 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20723 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20724 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20725 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20726 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20728 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20729 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20730 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20731 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20732 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20733 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20734 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20736 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20737 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20738 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20739 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20740 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20741 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20742 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20743 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20745 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20746 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20747 by supplying an argument.
20749 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20751 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20752 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20756 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20760 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20761 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20764 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20765 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20766 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20768 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20772 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17842 55395))
20773 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20775 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20776 Play pong and waste time.
20777 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20778 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20780 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20788 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20789 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17852 19612))
20790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20792 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20793 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20794 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20795 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20797 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20799 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20800 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20804 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20805 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20806 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20807 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20808 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20810 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20812 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20813 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20814 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20816 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20818 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20819 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20820 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20821 Ignores leading comment characters.
20827 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20828 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20829 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20830 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20831 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20832 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20833 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20834 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20835 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20836 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20837 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20838 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20839 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20840 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20841 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20842 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20843 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20844 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20845 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
20846 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20848 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20849 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20851 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20853 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20855 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20857 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20858 Preview directory using ghostview.
20860 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20861 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20862 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20863 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20865 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20866 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20867 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20868 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20869 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20872 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20874 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20876 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20877 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20879 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20880 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20881 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20882 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20884 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20885 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20886 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20887 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20888 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20891 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20893 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20895 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20896 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20898 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20899 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20900 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20901 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20903 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20904 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20905 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20906 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20907 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20910 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20912 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20914 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20915 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20917 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20919 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20920 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20921 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20922 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20924 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20925 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20926 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20927 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20928 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20931 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20933 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20935 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20936 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20938 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20939 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20940 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20942 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20943 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20944 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20945 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20947 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20949 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20950 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20952 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20953 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20954 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20956 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20957 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20958 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20959 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20961 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20963 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20964 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20966 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20967 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20968 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20970 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20971 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20972 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20973 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20975 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20977 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20978 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20980 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20982 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20983 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20984 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20986 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20987 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20988 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20989 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20991 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20993 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20994 Preview region using ghostview.
20996 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20998 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21000 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21001 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21003 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21005 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21007 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
21008 Print region using PostScript printer.
21010 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21012 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21014 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
21015 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21017 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21019 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21021 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
21022 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21024 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21026 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21028 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21029 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21031 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21033 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21035 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
21036 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21038 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21040 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21042 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
21043 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21045 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21047 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21049 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
21050 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21051 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21052 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21054 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21057 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21058 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21060 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21062 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21064 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
21065 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21066 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21067 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21071 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
21072 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21073 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21074 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21078 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
21079 Print directory using text printer.
21081 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21084 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21085 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21087 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21089 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21091 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
21092 Print buffer using text printer.
21096 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
21097 Print region using text printer.
21101 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
21102 Print major mode using text printer.
21106 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
21107 Preview spooled PostScript.
21109 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21110 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21111 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21113 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21114 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21115 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21117 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21119 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21120 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21122 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21123 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21124 instead of sending it to the printer.
21126 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21127 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21128 image in a file with that name.
21130 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21132 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
21133 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21135 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21136 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21137 instead of sending it to the printer.
21139 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21140 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21141 image in a file with that name.
21143 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21145 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
21146 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21148 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21149 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21150 instead of sending it to the printer.
21152 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21153 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21154 image in a file with that name.
21156 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21158 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
21159 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21161 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21163 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
21164 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21166 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21168 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21169 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21171 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21173 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
21174 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21176 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21178 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21179 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21181 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21183 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21184 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21186 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21187 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21188 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21189 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21191 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21192 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21193 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21194 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21195 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21196 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21199 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21201 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21202 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21206 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21207 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21209 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21211 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21216 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21217 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21221 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21222 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21226 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21227 Toggle printing with faces.
21231 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21236 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21241 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21244 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21246 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21251 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21256 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21257 Toggle upside-down.
21261 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21262 Toggle line number.
21266 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21267 Toggle zebra stripes.
21271 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21272 Toggle printing header.
21276 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21277 Toggle printing header frame.
21281 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21286 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21287 Toggle auto region.
21291 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21296 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21297 Customization of the `printing' group.
21299 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21301 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21302 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21304 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21306 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21307 Help for the printing package.
21309 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21311 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21312 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21316 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21317 Interactively select a text printer.
21321 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21322 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21326 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21327 Show current ps-print settings.
21329 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21331 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21332 Show current printing settings.
21334 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21336 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21337 Show current lpr settings.
21339 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21341 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21342 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21344 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21345 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21346 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21347 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21350 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21352 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21353 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21354 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21356 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21357 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21358 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21359 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21360 current active printer.
21362 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21363 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21364 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21367 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21368 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21369 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21370 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21371 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21374 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21375 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21377 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21379 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21380 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21381 be done using the new current active printer.
21383 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21384 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21387 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21388 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21389 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21390 instead of sending it to the printer.
21392 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21393 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21396 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21399 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21402 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21404 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21405 Fast fire function for text printing.
21407 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21408 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21409 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21410 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21412 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21413 user for a new active text printer.
21415 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21417 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21419 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21420 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21423 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21425 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21428 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21432 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21433 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
21434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21436 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21437 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21438 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21440 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21441 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21442 if that value is non-nil.
21446 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21448 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21449 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21450 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21452 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17842 58279))
21457 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21459 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21460 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21461 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21465 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17842
21467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21469 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21470 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21472 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21474 The following variables hold user options, and can
21475 be set through the `customize' command:
21477 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21479 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21480 `ps-mode-print-function'
21482 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21486 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21489 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21495 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21496 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21497 The keymap for this second window is:
21499 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21502 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21503 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21504 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21505 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21506 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21512 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21513 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21514 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21515 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17842 58279))
21516 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21518 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21519 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21523 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21524 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21525 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21526 changed by setting the variable
21527 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21528 The initial value of this variable is
21529 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21532 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21533 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21534 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21535 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21536 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21537 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21540 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21541 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21542 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21543 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21544 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21545 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21546 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21547 use this value, be sure to have installed
21548 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21549 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21550 documentation of this variable).
21552 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21553 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21554 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21555 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21556 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21557 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21559 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21561 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21563 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21564 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21565 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21567 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21569 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21574 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21575 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21577 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21579 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21583 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21585 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21588 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21590 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21591 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21593 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21596 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21600 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21602 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21605 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21607 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21608 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21612 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21613 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21614 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21616 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21618 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21619 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21620 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21622 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21624 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21631 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21632 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21633 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21634 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21635 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21636 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18006
21638 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21640 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21641 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21642 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21644 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21646 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21647 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21648 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21649 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21651 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21653 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21654 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21658 nil Do not print colors.
21662 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21663 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21665 Any other value is treated as t.")
21667 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21669 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21670 Customization of ps-print group.
21674 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21675 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21677 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21678 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21679 sending it to the printer.
21681 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21682 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21683 image in a file with that name.
21685 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21687 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21688 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21689 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21690 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21691 so it has a way to determine color values.
21693 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21695 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21696 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21697 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21699 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21701 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21702 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21703 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21704 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21705 so it has a way to determine color values.
21707 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21709 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21710 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21711 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21712 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21714 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21718 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21719 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21720 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21721 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21722 so it has a way to determine color values.
21724 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21728 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21729 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21730 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21732 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21734 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21736 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21737 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21738 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21739 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21740 so it has a way to determine color values.
21742 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21746 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21747 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21749 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21750 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21751 instead of sending it to the printer.
21753 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21754 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21755 image in a file with that name.
21757 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21759 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21760 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21761 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21762 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21763 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21767 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21768 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21769 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21771 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21773 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21774 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21775 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21777 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21779 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21780 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21784 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21785 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21787 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21788 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21790 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21791 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21793 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21795 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21797 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21799 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21800 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21802 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21803 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21805 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21806 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21808 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21810 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21812 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21814 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21815 foreground and background colors respectively.
21817 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21818 bold - use bold font.
21819 italic - use italic font.
21820 underline - put a line under text.
21821 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21822 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21823 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21824 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21825 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21827 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21829 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21833 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21834 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
21835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21837 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21839 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21841 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21843 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21844 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21845 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21846 buffer automatically.
21848 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21849 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21850 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21851 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21852 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21853 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21854 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21856 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21857 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21858 buffer for a list of commands.)
21860 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21862 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21863 Major mode for editing Python files.
21864 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21865 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21866 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21867 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21869 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21870 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21871 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21872 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21873 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21874 \\<python-mode-map>
21875 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21876 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21877 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21878 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21879 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21880 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21882 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21883 effect outside them.
21885 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21886 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21887 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21888 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21889 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21890 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21891 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21892 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21893 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21895 \\{python-mode-map}
21899 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21900 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21901 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21902 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21908 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21909 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
21910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21912 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21913 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21914 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21917 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21918 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21920 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21921 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21922 them into characters should be done separately.
21924 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21928 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21929 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21930 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21931 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21932 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17921 16827))
21933 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21935 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21936 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21940 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21941 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21942 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21944 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21945 `quail-activate', which see.
21947 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21949 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21950 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21951 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21952 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21953 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21954 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21955 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21957 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21958 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21959 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21960 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21961 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21963 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21965 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21966 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21967 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21968 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21969 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21970 list of candidates.
21972 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21973 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21974 command to be called.
21976 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21977 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21978 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21979 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21981 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21982 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21983 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21984 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21985 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21988 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21989 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21990 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21991 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21993 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21994 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21995 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21996 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21998 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21999 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22000 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22001 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22002 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22003 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22005 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22006 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22007 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22008 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22009 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22010 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22012 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22013 covers Quail translation region.
22015 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22016 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22017 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22018 for it) is inserted.
22020 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22021 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22022 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22024 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22025 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22026 non-Quail commands.
22028 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22030 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22031 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22033 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22034 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22035 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22036 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22037 you type is correctly handled.
22039 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22041 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22042 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22044 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22047 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22049 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
22050 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22051 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22052 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22053 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22054 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22055 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22056 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22057 for the translation.
22058 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22060 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22061 it is used to handle KEY.
22063 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22064 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22065 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22066 the following annotation types are supported.
22068 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22069 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22071 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22074 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22075 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22076 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22079 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22080 generated for the following translations.
22082 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22084 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
22085 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22087 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22088 which to install MAP.
22090 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22092 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22094 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
22095 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22097 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22098 which to install MAP.
22100 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22102 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22104 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
22105 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22106 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22107 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22108 a function, or a cons.
22109 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22110 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22111 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22112 for the translation.
22113 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22114 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22115 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22116 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22117 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22119 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22120 it is used to handle KEY.
22122 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22123 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22124 current Quail package.
22126 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22127 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22129 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22131 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
22132 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22134 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22135 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22137 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22139 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22140 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22142 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22144 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
22145 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22146 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22147 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22148 of the Emacs source tree.
22150 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22151 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22153 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22154 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22157 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22161 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22162 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22163 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17842
22165 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22167 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22168 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22169 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22170 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22172 To make use of this do something like:
22174 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22176 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22178 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22179 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22181 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22182 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22183 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22185 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22187 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22188 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22190 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22192 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22193 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22195 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22198 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22200 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22201 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22203 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22204 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22205 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22207 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22209 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22210 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22212 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22214 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22215 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22219 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22220 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22222 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22224 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22228 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22229 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22235 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22236 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18006 55797))
22237 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22239 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22241 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22245 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22247 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22250 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22252 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22253 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22254 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22257 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22259 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22261 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22262 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22268 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17842
22270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22272 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22273 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22276 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22280 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22281 ;;;;;; (17917 37732))
22282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22284 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22286 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22287 Construct a regexp interactively.
22293 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17930 34071))
22294 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22296 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22297 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22298 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22300 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22301 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22303 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22305 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22306 Toggle recentf mode.
22307 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22308 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22310 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22311 that were operated on recently.
22313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22317 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22318 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22319 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22320 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17842
22322 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22324 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22325 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22326 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22327 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22329 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22331 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22333 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22334 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22335 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22336 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22339 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22340 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22343 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22345 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22346 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22347 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22349 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22350 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22353 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22355 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22356 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22357 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22359 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22361 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22362 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22364 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22365 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22367 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22370 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22371 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22372 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22373 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22376 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22378 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22379 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22383 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22384 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22385 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22386 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22387 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22388 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22389 and point is at the lower right corner.
22391 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22393 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22394 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22396 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22397 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22399 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22400 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22401 on the right side of the rectangle.
22403 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22405 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22407 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22408 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22409 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22410 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22411 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22413 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22414 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22416 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22418 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22419 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22420 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22422 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22424 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22426 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22428 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22429 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22431 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22432 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22433 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22435 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22437 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22438 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22439 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22441 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22442 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22443 rectangle which were empty.
22445 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22449 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17842
22451 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22453 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22454 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22455 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22457 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22458 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22459 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22465 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22466 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17923 8784))
22467 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22469 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22470 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22474 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22475 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22477 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22478 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22480 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22481 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22482 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22485 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22486 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22487 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22489 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22490 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22491 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22493 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22494 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22496 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22497 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22499 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22500 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22503 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22507 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22508 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22509 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22515 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22516 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22517 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22519 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22520 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22521 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22522 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22523 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22524 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22526 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22528 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22530 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22531 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22532 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22533 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22534 `reftex-cite-format'.
22536 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22537 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22538 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22539 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22541 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22545 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22546 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22547 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22549 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22550 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22551 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22552 the current TeX document.
22554 With no argument, this command toggles
22555 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22556 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22562 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22563 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22564 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22566 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22567 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22568 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22570 To insert new phrases, use
22571 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22572 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22574 To index phrases use one of:
22576 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22577 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22578 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22579 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22580 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22582 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22583 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22585 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22587 Here are all local bindings.
22589 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22595 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22596 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22599 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22600 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22601 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22604 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17923
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22611 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22612 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22613 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22614 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22618 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22619 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22620 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22622 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22623 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22624 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22625 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22626 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22627 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22629 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22630 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22632 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22635 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22637 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22638 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22639 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22640 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22642 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22646 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17842 58279))
22647 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22649 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22650 Repeat most recently executed command.
22651 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22652 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22653 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22655 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22656 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22657 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22659 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22663 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22664 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22665 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22667 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22668 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22670 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22671 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22672 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22673 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22674 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22675 and point is left after the salutation.
22677 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22678 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22679 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22680 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22681 left after that text.
22683 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22686 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22687 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22688 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22689 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22691 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22695 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22696 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22697 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22699 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22700 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22701 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22702 visibility of comments that precede it.
22703 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22704 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22705 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22706 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22707 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22708 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22709 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22710 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22712 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22713 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22714 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22715 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22716 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22719 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22723 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17842
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22727 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22728 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22734 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22735 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22738 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22739 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22740 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22742 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22743 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22744 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22748 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22749 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22750 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22751 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22752 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22753 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22755 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22757 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22758 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22759 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22761 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22762 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22763 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22769 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22770 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22773 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22774 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22778 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22779 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22781 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22785 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17842 55218))
22786 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22787 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22789 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22790 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22791 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22792 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22794 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22796 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22797 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22798 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22799 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22801 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22802 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22804 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22805 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22807 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22808 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22811 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22812 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22813 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22814 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22815 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22817 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22818 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22819 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22820 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22822 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22823 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22826 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22830 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22831 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22832 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22833 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22834 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22835 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22836 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18006
22838 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22840 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22841 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22842 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22844 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22846 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22847 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22848 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22849 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22851 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22853 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22854 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22855 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22856 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22857 value is the user's email address and name.)
22858 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22860 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22861 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22862 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22863 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22864 which normally happens once for each message,
22865 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22866 To make a change in this variable take effect
22867 for a message that you have already viewed,
22868 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22870 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22872 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22873 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22874 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22875 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22877 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22879 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22880 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22882 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22884 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22885 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22886 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22887 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22889 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22891 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22892 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22894 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22896 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22897 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22899 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22901 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22902 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22903 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22904 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22905 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22907 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22909 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22910 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22911 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22912 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22914 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22916 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22917 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22919 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22921 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22922 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22924 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22926 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22927 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22929 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22931 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22932 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22934 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22935 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22937 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22938 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22940 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22942 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22943 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22945 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22946 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22947 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22948 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22950 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22951 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22953 This is set to nil by default.")
22955 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22956 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22957 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22958 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22959 until a user explicitly requires it.
22961 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22962 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22965 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22967 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22968 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22969 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22970 It is called with no argument.")
22972 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22973 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22974 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22975 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22976 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22977 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22978 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22980 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22981 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22982 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22983 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22984 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22985 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22987 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22988 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22989 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22990 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22991 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22993 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22994 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22995 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22996 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22997 MSG is the message number,
22998 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22999 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23001 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
23002 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23003 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23004 this feature is required with `require'.
23006 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23007 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23009 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23010 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23011 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23012 the message is decoded as normal way.
23014 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23015 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23016 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23018 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23019 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23020 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23022 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
23023 Read and edit incoming mail.
23024 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23025 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23026 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23028 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23029 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23030 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23031 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23033 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23035 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23037 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
23038 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23039 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23040 Instead, these commands are available:
23042 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23043 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23044 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23045 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23046 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23047 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23048 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23049 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23050 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23051 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23052 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23053 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23054 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23055 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23056 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23057 till a deleted message is found.
23058 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23059 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23060 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23061 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23062 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23063 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23064 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23065 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23066 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23067 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23068 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23069 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23070 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23071 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23072 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23073 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23074 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23075 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23076 (label defaults to last one specified).
23077 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23078 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23079 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23080 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23081 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23082 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23083 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23084 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23085 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23089 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
23090 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23092 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23094 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
23095 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23097 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23101 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23102 ;;;;;; (17887 18399))
23103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23105 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
23106 Edit the contents of this message.
23112 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23113 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23114 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17842 55035))
23115 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23117 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23118 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23119 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23121 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23123 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23124 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23125 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23127 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23129 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23132 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23134 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23135 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23136 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23137 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23138 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23140 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23142 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23143 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23144 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23145 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23146 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23148 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23152 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23153 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
23154 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23156 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
23157 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23158 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23159 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23161 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23165 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23166 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23167 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17842 55035))
23168 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23170 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23171 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23172 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23173 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23174 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23175 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23176 a file name as a string.")
23178 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23180 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23181 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23182 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23183 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23184 buffer visiting that file.
23185 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23186 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23188 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23189 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23191 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23192 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23194 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23195 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23197 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23199 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23200 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23202 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23204 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23205 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23206 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23207 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23208 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23210 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23211 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23212 will be appended with their original headers.
23214 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23215 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23217 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23218 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23220 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23222 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23224 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23225 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23226 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23228 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23232 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23233 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23234 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17842
23236 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23238 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23239 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23240 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23242 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23244 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23245 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23246 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23248 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23250 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23251 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23252 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23254 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23256 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23257 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23258 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23260 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23262 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23263 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23264 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23266 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23268 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23269 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23270 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23272 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23274 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23275 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23276 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23277 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23279 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23283 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23284 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23285 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23286 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23287 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17842 55035))
23288 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23290 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23291 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23293 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23295 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23296 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23298 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23300 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23301 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23305 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23306 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23307 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23309 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23311 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23312 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23313 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23314 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23315 only look in the To and From fields.
23316 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23318 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23320 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23321 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23322 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23323 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23324 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23326 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23328 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23329 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23330 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23331 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23332 look in the whole message.
23333 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23335 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23337 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23338 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23339 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23341 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23343 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23344 *Function to decode summary-line.
23346 By default, `identity' is set.")
23348 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23350 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23351 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23352 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23353 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23354 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23355 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23356 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23358 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23359 sent by you under different user names.
23360 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23362 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23364 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23368 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23369 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
23370 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23372 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23373 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23374 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23375 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23377 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23381 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23382 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17842 58279))
23383 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23385 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23386 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23388 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23390 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23391 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23393 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23395 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23396 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23398 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23400 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23401 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23402 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23404 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23405 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23408 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23412 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23413 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23419 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17833
23421 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23423 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23424 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23430 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18011
23432 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23434 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23435 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23436 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23437 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23439 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23441 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23442 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23443 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23444 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23446 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23450 matches string STRING literally.
23453 matches character CHAR literally.
23455 `not-newline', `nonl'
23456 matches any character except a newline.
23459 matches any character
23464 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23465 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23466 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23468 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23469 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23470 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23471 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23473 `(not (any SET ...))'
23474 matches any character not in SET ...
23476 `line-start', `bol'
23477 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23478 in the text being matched
23481 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23483 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23484 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23485 string being matched against.
23487 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23488 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23489 string being matched against.
23492 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23493 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23496 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23497 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23500 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23502 `word-start', `bow'
23503 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23506 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23509 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23512 `(not word-boundary)'
23513 `not-word-boundary'
23514 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23518 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23521 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23523 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23524 matches 0 through 9.
23527 matches ASCII control characters.
23529 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23530 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23533 matches space and tab only.
23536 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23539 `printing', `print'
23540 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23543 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23544 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23545 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23547 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23548 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23549 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23552 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23555 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23557 `lower', `lower-case'
23558 matches anything lower-case.
23560 `upper', `upper-case'
23561 matches anything upper-case.
23563 `punctuation', `punct'
23564 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23565 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23567 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23568 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23571 matches anything that has word syntax.
23574 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23577 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23578 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23579 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23581 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23582 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23585 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23586 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23587 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23588 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23589 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23591 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23592 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23593 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23594 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23595 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23597 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23598 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23600 `(category CATEGORY)'
23601 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23602 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23604 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23605 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23606 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23607 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23611 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23612 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23613 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23614 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23615 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23616 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23617 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23618 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23619 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23620 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23621 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23622 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23623 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23624 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23633 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23637 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23639 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23644 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23645 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23647 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23648 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23649 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23650 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23651 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23653 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23654 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23655 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23656 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23658 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23659 another name for `submatch'.
23661 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23662 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23663 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23664 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23665 regular expression.
23667 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23668 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23669 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23670 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23671 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23673 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23674 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23676 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23677 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23679 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23681 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23684 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23685 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23688 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23689 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23691 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23693 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23696 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23699 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23701 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23702 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23704 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23707 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23710 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23714 matches N occurrences.
23717 matches N or more occurrences.
23719 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23720 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23721 matches N to M occurrences.
23724 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23727 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23730 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23733 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23737 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23739 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23743 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23744 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
23745 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23747 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23748 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23749 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23752 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23754 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23755 Toggle savehist-mode.
23756 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23757 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23758 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23759 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23761 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23762 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23763 which is probably undesirable.
23769 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23770 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
23771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23773 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23774 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23775 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23777 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23778 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23779 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23780 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23781 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23782 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23783 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23784 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23787 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23788 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23789 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23790 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23791 if that value is non-nil.
23795 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23796 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23797 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23800 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23801 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23802 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23803 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23804 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23805 that variable's value is a string.
23811 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23812 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
23813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23815 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23816 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23817 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23819 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23825 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17994
23827 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23829 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23830 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23831 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23832 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23834 Interesting variables:
23836 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23837 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23839 `scribe-electric-quote'
23840 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23842 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23843 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23844 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23850 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23851 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23852 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23854 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23855 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23856 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23857 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23858 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23859 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23861 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23863 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23864 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23865 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23866 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23867 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23873 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23874 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23875 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23877 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23878 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23879 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23880 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23881 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23888 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23889 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23890 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23891 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23892 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23893 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23894 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23895 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23896 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17942 63381))
23897 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23899 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23900 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23902 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23904 If `parens', they look like:
23905 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23906 If `angles', they look like:
23907 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23908 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23909 derived from the envelope-from address.
23911 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23912 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23913 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23914 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23916 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23918 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23919 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23920 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23921 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23923 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23924 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23925 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23926 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23928 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23930 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23931 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23932 This is done when the message is initialized,
23933 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23935 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23937 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23938 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23939 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23941 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23943 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23945 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23946 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23947 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23948 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23949 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23950 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23951 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23953 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23955 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23956 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23958 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23960 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23961 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23962 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23964 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23966 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23967 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23968 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23969 when you first send mail.")
23971 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23973 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23974 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23975 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23976 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23977 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23979 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23981 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23982 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23983 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23984 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23985 This file need not actually exist.")
23987 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23989 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23990 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23991 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23993 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23995 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23996 Alist of mail address aliases,
23997 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23998 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23999 can specify a different file name.)
24000 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24001 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24003 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24004 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24005 nil means use indentation.")
24007 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
24009 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24010 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24011 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24013 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
24015 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24016 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24017 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24018 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24019 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24020 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24021 in the cited portion of the message.
24023 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24024 instead of no action.")
24026 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
24028 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24029 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24030 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24031 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24032 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24034 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
24036 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24037 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24038 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24039 If a string, that string is inserted.
24040 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24041 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24042 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24043 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24045 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
24047 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24048 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24050 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
24052 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24053 Directory for mail buffers.
24054 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24055 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24057 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
24059 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24060 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24061 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24062 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24064 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
24066 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24067 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24068 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24069 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24072 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
24074 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
24075 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24076 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24077 `query' means ask the user each time.
24078 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24079 The default is `mime'.
24080 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24081 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24083 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
24085 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
24086 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24087 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24089 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24090 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24092 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24093 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24094 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24095 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24096 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24097 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24098 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24099 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24100 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24101 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24102 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24103 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24104 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24108 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24109 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24111 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24112 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24114 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
24116 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24117 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24118 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24119 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24120 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24121 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24123 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
24124 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24125 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24127 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24128 User should not set this variable manually,
24129 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24130 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24131 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24132 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24134 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
24135 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24136 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24137 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24139 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24140 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24143 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24145 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24146 to move to message header fields:
24149 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24150 when the message is initialized.
24152 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24153 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24155 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24158 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24159 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24161 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24162 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24163 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24164 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24165 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24166 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24167 buffer without erasing the contents.
24169 The second through fifth arguments,
24170 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24171 the initial contents of those header fields.
24172 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24173 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24174 original message being replied to, or else an action
24175 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24176 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24177 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24178 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24179 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24180 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24182 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24184 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24185 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24187 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24189 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24190 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24192 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24196 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
24197 ;;;;;; (17921 16827))
24198 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24200 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24201 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24202 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24203 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24204 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24205 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24207 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24208 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24210 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24212 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24213 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24214 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24217 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24219 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24221 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24222 Toggle Server mode.
24223 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24224 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24225 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24229 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
24230 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24232 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24234 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24235 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24237 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24241 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17902 31690))
24242 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24244 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24245 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24246 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24250 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24251 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24252 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24253 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24259 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24260 ;;;;;; (18010 58080))
24261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24263 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24264 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24266 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24269 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24270 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24271 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24273 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24274 in your `.emacs' file.
24276 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24278 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24279 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24284 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24286 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24287 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24288 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24289 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24290 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24291 which this is based.
24293 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24295 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24296 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24297 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24298 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24300 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24301 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24302 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24304 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24305 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24306 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24307 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24309 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24310 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24311 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24312 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24314 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24316 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24317 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24318 To work around that, do:
24319 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24327 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24328 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
24329 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24330 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24332 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24333 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24334 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24335 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24336 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24337 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24339 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24340 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24341 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24342 shell-specific features.
24344 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24345 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24346 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24348 \\[sh-case] case statement
24349 \\[sh-for] for loop
24350 \\[sh-function] function definition
24351 \\[sh-if] if statement
24352 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24353 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24354 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24355 \\[sh-select] select loop
24356 \\[sh-until] until loop
24357 \\[sh-while] while loop
24359 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24360 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24361 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24362 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24363 would indent to the way it currently is.
24364 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24365 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24368 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24369 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24370 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24371 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24372 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24373 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24375 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24377 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24379 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24380 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24381 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24383 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24384 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24388 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24392 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17842 54741))
24393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24395 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24396 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24397 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24398 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24399 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24400 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24402 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24406 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24407 ;;;;;; (17853 57352))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24410 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24411 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24413 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24414 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24415 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24416 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24419 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24421 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24423 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24424 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24425 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24427 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24428 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24430 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24431 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24432 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24433 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24434 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24435 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24436 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24439 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24440 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24441 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24442 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24443 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24445 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24446 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24447 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24453 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24454 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17842
24456 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24458 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24459 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24460 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24461 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24462 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24463 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24468 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24469 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24470 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24471 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24472 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24476 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24477 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24478 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24479 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24480 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24481 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24482 `shadow-define-cluster').
24486 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24487 Set up file shadowing.
24493 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24494 ;;;;;; (17899 1575))
24495 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24497 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24498 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24499 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24500 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24501 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24504 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24506 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24507 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24508 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24509 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24510 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24511 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24512 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24513 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24514 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24515 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24516 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24517 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24518 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24519 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24521 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24522 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24523 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24524 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24525 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24526 `default-process-coding-system'.
24528 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24529 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24530 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24531 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24533 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24535 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24536 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24540 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24541 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17842 54741))
24542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24544 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24547 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24549 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24552 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24554 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24557 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24561 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24562 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
24563 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24565 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24566 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24567 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24568 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24569 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24571 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18009 38727))
24578 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24579 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24583 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17842
24585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24587 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24588 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24589 \\{simula-mode-map}
24590 Variables controlling indentation style:
24591 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24592 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24593 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24594 `simula-indent-level'
24595 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24596 `simula-substatement-offset'
24597 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24598 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24599 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24600 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24601 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24602 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24603 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24604 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24605 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24606 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24607 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24608 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24609 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24610 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24611 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24612 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24613 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24614 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24615 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24616 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24617 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24618 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24619 or nil if they should not be changed.
24620 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24621 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24622 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24623 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24625 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24626 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24632 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24633 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17842 58278))
24634 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24636 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24637 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24639 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24640 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24641 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24642 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24644 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24646 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24648 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24649 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24650 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24651 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24652 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24654 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24655 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24657 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24659 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24660 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24662 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24663 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24664 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24665 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24667 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24668 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24669 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24670 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24672 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24673 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24674 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24676 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24677 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24679 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24680 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24682 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24683 _ interesting point, interregion here
24684 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24685 interesting point set by _
24686 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24687 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24688 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24689 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24690 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24691 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24694 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24695 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24697 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24698 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24699 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24700 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24701 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24702 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24703 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24704 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24706 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24707 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24708 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24709 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24710 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24713 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24714 then: insert previously read string once more
24715 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24716 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24717 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24719 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24720 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24722 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24724 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24725 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24727 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24728 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24729 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24730 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24731 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24734 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24735 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24736 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24742 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24743 ;;;;;; (17904 28230))
24744 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24746 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24747 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24748 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24751 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24753 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24754 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24755 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24761 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24762 ;;;;;; (17875 18370))
24763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24765 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24766 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24767 A list of images is returned.
24769 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24771 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24772 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24773 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24775 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24779 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24780 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17939 50716))
24781 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24783 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24788 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24789 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24795 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17842 55395))
24796 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24798 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24799 Play the Snake game.
24800 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24802 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24804 Snake mode keybindings:
24806 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24807 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24808 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24809 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24810 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24811 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24812 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24818 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24819 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
24820 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24822 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24823 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24824 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24825 Tab indents for C code.
24826 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24827 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24829 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24834 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24835 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24836 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24837 Tab indents for C code.
24838 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24839 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24841 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24842 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24848 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24849 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24850 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17956 13479))
24851 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24853 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24854 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24856 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24857 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24858 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24860 For example, the form
24862 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24863 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24865 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24867 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24869 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24870 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24872 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24873 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24874 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24877 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24879 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24881 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24882 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24884 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24885 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24886 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24889 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24891 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24893 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24894 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24895 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24898 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24900 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24902 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24903 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24904 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24906 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24907 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24909 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24913 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24914 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24915 Requires floating point.
24921 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17842
24923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24925 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24928 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24929 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24930 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24931 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24932 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24933 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24934 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24935 check after each move or undo)
24939 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24940 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24941 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24960 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24961 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24962 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24963 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24965 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24966 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24967 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24970 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24971 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24973 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24989 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24991 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24997 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24998 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24999 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17842 58278))
25000 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25002 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
25003 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25005 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25006 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25007 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25008 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25011 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25012 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25013 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25016 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25017 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25019 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25020 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25021 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25022 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25025 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25026 It should move point to the end of the record.
25028 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25029 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25030 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25031 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25032 starts at the beginning of the record.
25034 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25035 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25038 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25039 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25041 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25043 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
25044 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25045 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25046 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25047 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25050 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25052 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
25053 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25054 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25055 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25056 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25059 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25061 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
25062 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25063 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25064 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25065 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25068 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25070 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
25071 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25072 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25073 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25074 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25075 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25076 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25077 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25078 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25080 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25082 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
25083 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25084 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25085 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25086 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25087 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25088 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25091 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25093 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
25094 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25095 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25096 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25097 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25098 is to be used for sorting.
25099 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25100 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25101 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25102 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25103 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25105 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25107 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25110 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25111 starting with the letter \"f\",
25112 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25114 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25116 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
25117 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25118 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25119 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25120 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25121 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25122 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25125 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25126 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25127 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25128 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25129 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25131 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25133 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
25134 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25135 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25137 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25141 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17842
25143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25145 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
25146 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
25152 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25153 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25154 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17842 54741))
25155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25157 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
25158 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25160 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25161 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25162 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25164 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25166 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
25167 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25168 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25171 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25173 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
25174 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25175 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25177 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25179 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
25180 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25181 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25182 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25187 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25188 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25189 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25190 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25196 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25197 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17881 43027))
25198 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25200 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25202 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25203 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25204 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25205 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25206 supported at a time.
25207 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25208 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25212 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25213 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25214 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25215 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25221 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25222 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17842 58276))
25223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25225 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25227 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25228 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25229 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25230 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25231 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25232 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25236 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25237 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25238 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25239 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25243 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25244 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25245 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25246 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25247 for example, \"word\".
25249 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25251 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25252 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25254 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25258 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17842
25260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25262 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25263 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25267 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25268 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25274 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25275 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25276 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25277 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17842
25279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25281 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25282 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25284 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25285 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25286 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25287 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25288 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25289 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25290 of the current highlighting list.
25294 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25295 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25297 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25298 `_t' as data types.
25300 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25302 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25303 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25305 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25306 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25308 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25310 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25311 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25312 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25314 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25316 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25317 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25318 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25319 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25320 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25321 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25323 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25324 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25326 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25328 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25329 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25330 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25331 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25333 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25334 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25335 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25336 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25338 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25339 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25340 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25344 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25345 Major mode to edit SQL.
25347 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25348 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25349 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25352 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25354 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25355 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25356 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25357 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25358 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25359 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25361 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25362 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25364 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25365 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25366 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25368 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25370 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25374 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25375 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25377 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25378 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25381 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25383 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25385 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25386 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25388 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25389 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25392 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25393 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25394 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25395 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25397 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25398 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25400 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25401 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25402 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25403 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25404 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25405 `default-process-coding-system'.
25407 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25411 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25412 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25414 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25415 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25418 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25419 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25420 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25421 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25423 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25424 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25426 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25427 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25428 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25429 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25430 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25431 `default-process-coding-system'.
25433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25437 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25438 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25440 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25441 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25444 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25445 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25447 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25448 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25450 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25451 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25452 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25453 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25454 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25455 `default-process-coding-system'.
25457 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25461 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25462 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25464 SQLite is free software.
25466 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25467 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25470 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25471 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25472 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25473 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25475 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25476 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25478 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25479 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25480 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25481 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25482 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25483 `default-process-coding-system'.
25485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25489 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25490 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25492 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25494 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25495 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25498 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25499 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25500 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25501 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25503 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25504 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25506 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25507 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25508 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25509 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25510 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25511 `default-process-coding-system'.
25513 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25517 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25518 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25520 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25521 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25524 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25525 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25528 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25529 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25531 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25532 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25533 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25534 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25535 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25536 `default-process-coding-system'.
25538 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25542 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25543 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25545 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25546 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25549 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25550 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25552 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25553 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25555 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25556 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25557 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25558 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25559 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25560 `default-process-coding-system'.
25562 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25566 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25567 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25569 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25570 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25573 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25574 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25575 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25576 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25578 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25579 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25581 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25582 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25583 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25584 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25585 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25586 `default-process-coding-system'.
25588 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25592 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25593 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25595 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25596 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25599 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25600 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25601 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25602 `sql-postgres-options'.
25604 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25605 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25607 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25608 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25609 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25610 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25611 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25612 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25613 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25614 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25616 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25617 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25619 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25623 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25624 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25626 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25627 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25630 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25631 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25634 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25635 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25637 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25638 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25639 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25640 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25641 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25642 `default-process-coding-system'.
25644 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25648 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25649 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25651 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25652 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25655 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25658 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25659 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25661 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25662 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25663 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25664 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25666 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25667 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25668 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25669 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25670 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25671 `default-process-coding-system'.
25673 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25677 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25678 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25680 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25681 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25684 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25685 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25686 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25687 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25690 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25691 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25692 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25693 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25696 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25697 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25699 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25705 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25706 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25707 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25708 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25709 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17842
25711 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25713 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25714 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25715 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25716 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25717 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25718 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25720 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25722 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25724 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25725 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25726 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25727 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25728 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25729 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25730 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25732 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25734 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25735 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25736 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25737 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25738 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25739 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25740 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25742 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25744 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25745 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25746 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25748 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25750 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25751 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25752 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25754 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25756 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25757 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25759 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25761 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25762 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25766 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25767 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25771 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25772 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25773 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25774 chronologically by command name.
25775 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25777 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25779 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25780 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25781 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25784 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25786 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25788 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25789 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25790 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25791 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25792 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25793 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25794 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25796 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25797 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25798 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25799 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25801 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25805 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25806 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25807 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25808 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25810 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25812 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25813 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25819 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25820 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17994 6715))
25821 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25823 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25824 Studlify-case the region.
25826 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25828 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25829 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25831 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25833 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25834 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25840 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17964 48351))
25841 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25843 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25844 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25845 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25846 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25847 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25848 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25850 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25851 is used instead of `load-path'.
25853 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25854 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25855 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25857 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25861 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25862 ;;;;;; (17854 7564))
25863 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25865 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25866 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25867 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25868 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25869 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25870 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25871 original message but it does require a few things:
25873 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25875 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25878 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25879 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25882 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25884 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25886 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25887 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25888 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25894 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18006 55796))
25895 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25897 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25898 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25899 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25901 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25902 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25904 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25906 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25907 Toggle t-mouse mode to use the mouse in Linux consoles.
25908 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25910 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a Linux console, in the
25911 same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25912 It requires the `mev' program, part of the `gpm' utilities.
25914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25918 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17842 58278))
25919 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25921 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25922 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25923 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25924 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25925 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25927 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25929 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25930 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25931 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25932 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25933 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25934 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25935 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25937 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25941 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25942 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25943 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25944 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25945 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25946 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25947 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25948 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25949 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25950 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25951 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25952 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25953 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18012 17784))
25954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25956 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25957 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25958 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25960 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25962 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25963 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25965 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25967 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25968 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25970 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25972 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25973 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25975 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25977 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25978 Insert an editable text table.
25979 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25980 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25981 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25982 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25983 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25984 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25989 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25991 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25996 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25997 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25998 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25999 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26002 +-----+-----+-----+
26004 +-----+-----+-----+
26006 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26008 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26009 width, which results as
26011 +--------------+-----+-----+
26013 +--------------+-----+-----+
26015 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26016 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26018 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26020 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26022 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26023 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26024 width information to `table-insert'.
26026 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26032 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26035 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26036 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26038 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26041 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26043 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26045 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26048 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26051 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26053 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26055 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26058 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26061 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26064 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26065 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26066 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26068 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26071 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26074 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26077 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26079 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26082 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26085 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26086 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26087 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26088 | | |expected results.-!- |
26089 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26092 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26094 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26098 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26100 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
26101 Insert N table row(s).
26102 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26103 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26104 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26105 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26109 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
26110 Insert N table column(s).
26111 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26112 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26113 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26114 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26118 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
26119 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26120 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26122 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26124 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
26125 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26126 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26127 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26128 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26129 all the table specific features.
26131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26133 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
26138 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
26139 Recognize all tables within region.
26140 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26141 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26142 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26145 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26147 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
26150 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26152 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
26153 Recognize a table at point.
26154 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26155 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26156 the table specific features.
26158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26160 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
26165 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
26166 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26167 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26168 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26169 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26170 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26171 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26173 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26175 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
26180 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
26181 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26182 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26183 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26184 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26185 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26188 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26190 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26191 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26192 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26193 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26194 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26195 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26196 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26201 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26202 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26203 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26204 table's rectangle structure.
26206 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26208 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26209 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26210 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26211 table's rectangle structure.
26215 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26216 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26217 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26218 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26219 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26221 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26223 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26224 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26225 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26227 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26228 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26229 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26230 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26231 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26232 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26233 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26235 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26236 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26237 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26238 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26239 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26240 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26241 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26243 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26244 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26245 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26246 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26247 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26248 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26249 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26250 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26252 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26254 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26255 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26256 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26257 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26261 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26262 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26263 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26265 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26267 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26268 Split current cell vertically.
26269 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26273 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26274 Split current cell horizontally.
26275 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26279 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26280 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26281 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26283 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26285 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26286 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26287 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26288 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26290 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26292 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26293 Justify cell contents.
26294 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26295 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26296 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26297 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26299 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26301 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26302 Justify cells of a row.
26303 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26304 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26306 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26308 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26309 Justify cells of a column.
26310 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26311 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26313 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26315 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26316 Toggle fixing width mode.
26317 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26318 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26319 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26323 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26324 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26325 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26326 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26327 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26328 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26329 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26330 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26331 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26332 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26333 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26335 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26337 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26338 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26339 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26340 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26341 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26342 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26343 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26344 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26345 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26346 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26347 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26348 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26351 References used for this implementation:
26357 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26359 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26360 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26361 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26363 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26365 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26366 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26367 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26368 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26369 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26370 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26371 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26372 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26373 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26374 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26375 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26376 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26377 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26378 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26379 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26380 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26381 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26386 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26387 (table-forward-cell 15)
26388 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26389 (table-forward-cell 16)
26390 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26391 (table-forward-cell 1)
26392 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26395 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26396 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26397 (table-forward-cell 1)
26398 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26400 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26402 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26403 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26404 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26405 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26406 consists from cells of same height.
26410 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26411 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26412 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26413 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26414 column must consists from cells of same width.
26418 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26419 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26420 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26421 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26422 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26423 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26424 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26425 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26426 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26427 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26428 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26429 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26430 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26431 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26432 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26441 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26442 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26443 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26446 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26448 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26450 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26452 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26456 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26457 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26458 of each row is optional.
26463 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26464 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26465 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26466 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26467 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26469 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26470 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26472 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26473 expression and raw delimiter regular
26474 expression, it parses the specified text
26475 area and extracts cell items from
26476 non-table text and then forms a table out
26479 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26480 creates a single cell table. The text in
26481 the specified region is placed in that
26484 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26487 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26488 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26489 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26491 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26492 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26493 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26494 | area and extracts cell items from |
26495 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26498 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26499 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26500 | the specified region is placed in that |
26502 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26504 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26505 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26508 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26509 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26510 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26511 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26512 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26513 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26514 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26515 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26516 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26518 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26519 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26520 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26521 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26523 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26525 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26526 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26527 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26529 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26531 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26532 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26533 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26534 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26535 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26541 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17842 58278))
26542 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26544 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26545 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26547 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26549 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
26550 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26556 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18010 5426))
26557 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26559 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26560 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26561 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26562 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26563 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26564 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26565 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26567 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26568 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26569 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26570 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26572 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26579 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26580 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17842 56332))
26581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26583 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26584 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26585 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26586 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26587 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26588 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26590 Variables controlling indentation style:
26592 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26593 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26594 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26596 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26597 documentation for details):
26598 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26599 Controls action of TAB key.
26601 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26602 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26603 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26604 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26605 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26607 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26608 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26616 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26617 Run inferior Tcl process.
26618 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26619 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26623 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26624 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26625 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26627 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26631 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17842 55218))
26632 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26633 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26635 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26636 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26637 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26638 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26640 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26641 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26642 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26643 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26644 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26646 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26647 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26649 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26650 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26651 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26652 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26658 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17952
26660 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26662 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26663 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26664 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26665 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26666 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26667 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26669 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26671 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26672 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26673 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26674 commands to use in that buffer.
26676 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26678 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26680 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26681 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26683 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26687 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17842
26689 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26691 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26692 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26693 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26694 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26695 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26696 program as keyboard input.
26698 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26699 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26700 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26701 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26703 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26704 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26705 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26706 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26707 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26709 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26711 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26712 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26713 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26714 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26716 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26717 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26718 subprocess started.
26720 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26724 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26725 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
26726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26728 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26729 Start coverage on function under point.
26735 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17941 38806))
26736 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26738 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26739 Play the Tetris game.
26740 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26741 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26742 as to form complete rows.
26744 tetris-mode keybindings:
26745 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26746 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26747 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26748 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26749 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26750 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26751 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26752 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26753 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26759 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26760 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26761 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26762 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26763 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26764 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26765 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26766 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
26767 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26769 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26770 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26772 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26774 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26775 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26776 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26777 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26778 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26780 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26782 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26783 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26784 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26785 if it matches the first line of the file,
26786 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26788 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26790 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26791 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26792 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26793 if the variable is non-nil.")
26795 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26797 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26798 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26800 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26802 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26803 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26804 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26805 See the documentation of that variable.")
26807 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26809 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26810 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26811 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26812 See the documentation of that variable.")
26814 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26816 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26817 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26818 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26819 See the documentation of that variable.")
26821 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26823 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26824 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26825 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26826 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26827 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26829 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26831 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26832 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26833 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26834 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26836 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26838 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26839 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26840 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26842 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26844 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26845 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26846 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26847 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26849 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26851 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26852 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26853 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26854 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26856 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26858 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26859 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26860 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26861 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26863 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26864 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26867 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26868 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26870 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26873 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26875 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26876 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26877 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26878 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26879 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26881 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26883 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26885 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26886 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26887 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26889 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26891 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26892 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26893 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26894 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26895 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26897 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26899 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26900 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26902 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26904 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26905 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26907 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26909 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26910 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26911 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26912 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26913 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26914 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26915 says which mode to use.
26919 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26921 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26923 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26925 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26926 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26927 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26928 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26929 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26931 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26932 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26933 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26934 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26935 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26936 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26937 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26939 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26940 mismatched $'s or braces.
26943 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26947 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26949 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26950 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26951 tex-dvi-print-command
26952 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26953 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26954 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26955 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26956 tex-dvi-view-command
26957 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26958 tex-show-queue-command
26959 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26960 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26962 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26963 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26964 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26968 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26969 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26970 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26971 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26972 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26974 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26975 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26976 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26977 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26978 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26979 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26980 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26982 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26983 mismatched $'s or braces.
26990 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26992 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26993 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26994 tex-dvi-print-command
26995 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26996 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26997 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26998 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26999 tex-dvi-view-command
27000 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27001 tex-show-queue-command
27002 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27003 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27005 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27006 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27007 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27011 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27012 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27013 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27014 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27015 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27017 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27018 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27019 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27020 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27021 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27022 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27023 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27025 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27026 mismatched $'s or braces.
27029 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27033 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27035 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27036 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27037 tex-dvi-print-command
27038 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27039 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27040 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27041 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27042 tex-dvi-view-command
27043 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27044 tex-show-queue-command
27045 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27046 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27048 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27049 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27050 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27051 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27055 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
27060 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27061 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27067 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27068 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17842 58276))
27069 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27071 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
27072 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27073 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27074 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27076 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27077 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
27078 Info-split to do these manually.
27080 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27082 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
27083 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27084 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27085 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27086 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27088 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27090 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
27091 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27092 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27093 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27095 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27096 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27097 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27098 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27100 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27101 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
27103 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27107 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27108 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17842 58276))
27109 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27111 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27112 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27114 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
27116 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27117 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27119 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
27121 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
27122 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27124 It has these extra commands:
27125 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27127 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27128 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27129 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27130 modified version of TeX input format.
27132 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27133 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27134 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27135 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27137 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27138 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27139 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27140 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27141 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27142 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27143 in the Texinfo file.
27145 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27146 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27147 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27148 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27149 move forward past the closing brace.
27151 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27152 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27154 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27155 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27156 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27158 Here are the functions:
27160 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27161 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27162 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27164 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27165 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27166 texinfo-master-menu
27168 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27170 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27171 which menu descriptions are indented.
27173 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27174 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27177 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27178 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27179 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27180 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27182 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27183 be the first node in the file.
27185 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27186 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27192 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27193 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27194 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27195 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
27196 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27198 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27199 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27200 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27201 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27203 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27205 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27206 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27208 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27210 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27211 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27215 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27218 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27220 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27221 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27222 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27223 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27226 The return value is number of composed characters.
27228 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27230 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27231 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27237 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27238 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27239 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17842 58278))
27240 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27242 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27243 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27245 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27247 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27248 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27249 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27250 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27251 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27253 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27254 a symbol as a valid THING.
27256 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27257 of the textual entity that was found.
27259 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27261 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27262 Return the THING at point.
27263 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27264 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27265 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27267 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27268 a symbol as a valid THING.
27270 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27272 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27277 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27282 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27287 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27294 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27295 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27296 ;;;;;; (17963 26308))
27297 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27299 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27300 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27304 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27305 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27306 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27307 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27309 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27311 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27312 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27316 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27317 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27321 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27323 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27324 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27330 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27331 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27332 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27333 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27334 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27335 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17842 58278))
27336 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27338 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27339 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27340 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27344 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27345 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27347 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27349 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27350 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27351 The returned string has no composition information.
27353 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27355 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27356 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27358 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27360 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27361 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27363 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27365 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27366 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27367 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27368 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27370 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27372 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27373 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27374 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27375 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27377 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27379 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27382 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27384 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27385 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27386 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27390 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27391 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27392 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27396 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27399 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27401 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27404 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27406 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27409 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27413 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27414 ;;;;;; (17842 58276))
27415 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27417 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27418 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27419 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27420 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27422 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27424 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27426 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27427 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27428 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27429 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27431 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27437 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27438 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18006 55796))
27439 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27441 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27442 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27444 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27446 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27447 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27448 This display updates automatically every minute.
27449 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27450 are displayed as well.
27451 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27455 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27456 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27457 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27458 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27459 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27460 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27462 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27464 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27465 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27466 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27468 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27469 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27470 are displayed as well.
27471 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27477 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27478 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27479 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27480 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17842
27482 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27484 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27485 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27487 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27489 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27490 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27491 You can use `float-time' instead.
27493 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27495 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27496 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27498 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27500 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27501 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27503 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27505 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27506 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27508 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27510 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27511 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27512 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27514 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27516 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27518 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27519 Subtract two time values.
27520 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27522 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27524 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27525 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27527 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27529 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27530 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27531 DATE should be a date-time string.
27533 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27535 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27536 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27537 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27539 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27541 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27542 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27544 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27546 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27547 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27549 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27551 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27552 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27553 TIME should be a time value.
27554 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27556 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27558 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27559 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27560 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27562 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27566 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27567 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17842 58278))
27568 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27569 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27570 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27571 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27572 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27573 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27574 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27575 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27577 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27578 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27579 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27580 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27581 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27582 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27583 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27584 look like one of the following:
27587 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27588 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27589 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27590 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27591 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27592 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27593 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27598 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27599 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27600 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27606 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27607 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27608 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27609 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27610 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
27611 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27613 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27614 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27615 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27616 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27617 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27618 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27619 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27620 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27621 display (non-nil means on).
27623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27625 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27626 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27627 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27628 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27629 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27630 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27631 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27632 this function is called within a day.
27634 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27635 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27636 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27637 discover the name of the project.
27639 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27641 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27642 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27643 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27644 begun during the last time segment.
27646 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27647 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27648 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27649 discover the reason.
27651 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27653 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27654 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27655 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27656 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27657 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27659 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27661 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27662 Change to working on a different project.
27663 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27664 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27665 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27668 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27670 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27671 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27672 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27676 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27677 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27678 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27682 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27683 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27684 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27685 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27686 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27687 \"relative to today\".
27689 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27691 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27692 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27693 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27694 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27696 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27698 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27699 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27700 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27701 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27702 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27703 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27705 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27709 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27710 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27711 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17935 13348))
27712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27714 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27716 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27717 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27719 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27721 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27722 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27723 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27724 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27726 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27728 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27729 Perform an action at time TIME.
27730 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27731 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27732 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27733 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27734 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27735 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27736 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27737 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27738 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27739 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27740 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27742 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27744 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27746 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27747 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27748 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27749 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27750 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27752 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27754 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27756 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27757 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27758 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27759 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27761 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27763 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27764 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27765 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27766 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27767 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27768 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27769 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27771 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27772 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27774 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27776 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27777 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27779 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27780 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27781 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27782 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27783 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27784 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27787 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27791 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27792 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17870 32853))
27793 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27795 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27796 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27797 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27798 the generated Quail package is saved.
27800 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27802 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27803 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27804 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27805 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27806 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27807 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27808 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27810 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27814 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27815 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17842
27817 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27819 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27822 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27824 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27827 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27829 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27830 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27831 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27834 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27838 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27839 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17952 58711))
27840 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27841 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27842 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27844 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27845 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27846 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27847 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27848 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27850 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27852 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27853 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27854 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27855 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27856 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27858 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27860 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27861 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27862 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27863 in the menu in two ways:
27864 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27865 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27866 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27868 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27869 keymap or an alist of alists.
27870 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27871 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27873 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27877 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27878 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27879 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17962 52848))
27880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27882 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27883 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27887 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27888 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27890 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27892 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27893 Insert new TODO list entry.
27894 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27899 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27900 List top priorities for each category.
27902 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27903 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27905 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27906 between each category.
27908 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27910 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27911 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27912 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27913 between each category.
27915 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27917 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27919 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27920 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27926 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27927 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27931 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27938 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27939 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27940 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
27941 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27943 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27944 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27945 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27949 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27951 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27952 Add an item to the tool bar.
27953 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27954 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27955 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27956 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27958 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27959 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27960 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27961 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27963 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27964 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27966 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27968 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27969 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27970 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27971 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27972 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27973 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27975 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27976 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27977 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27978 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27980 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27982 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27983 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27984 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27985 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27986 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27987 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27988 properties to add to the binding.
27990 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27992 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27993 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27995 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27997 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27998 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27999 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28000 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28001 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28002 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28003 properties to add to the binding.
28005 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28008 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28012 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28013 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
28014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28016 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28017 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28018 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28021 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28023 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
28025 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
28028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28030 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
28032 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
28033 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28039 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
28040 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17842 54264))
28041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
28043 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
28044 Set scroll margins.
28046 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
28048 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
28049 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
28053 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
28054 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
28060 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17842 54152))
28061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28063 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
28064 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28065 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28066 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28067 to a tcp server on another machine.
28069 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28073 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28074 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17842 54152))
28075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28077 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28078 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28080 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
28082 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
28083 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28084 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28085 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28086 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28087 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28088 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28089 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28091 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28093 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
28094 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28095 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28096 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28097 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28098 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28099 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28100 the window or buffer configuration.
28102 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28104 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28108 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28109 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28110 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
28111 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17934 45069))
28112 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28114 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
28115 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
28116 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
28118 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28119 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28120 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28121 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28123 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28124 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28125 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28126 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28128 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28129 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
28130 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
28131 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28132 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28133 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28134 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
28135 files which are not really tramp files.
28137 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28138 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28139 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28140 updated after changing this variable.
28142 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28144 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28146 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
28147 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28148 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28149 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28151 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
28152 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28153 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28154 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28156 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28157 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
28158 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
28160 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28161 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28162 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28163 updated after changing this variable.
28165 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28167 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28169 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
28170 Alist of completion handler functions.
28171 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28172 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28173 normal Emacs functions.")
28175 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28176 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28177 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28178 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28180 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28181 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28182 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28183 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28185 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
28186 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28187 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
28189 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28191 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28192 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28193 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28195 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28196 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28198 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28199 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28200 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28203 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28205 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28210 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28211 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28213 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28215 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28216 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28218 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28220 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28221 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28227 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28228 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
28229 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28231 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28238 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18006
28240 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28242 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28243 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28244 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28245 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28246 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28247 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28248 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28249 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28251 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28252 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28253 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28255 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28256 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28259 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28263 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28264 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17842 58276))
28265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28266 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28267 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28268 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28270 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28271 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28272 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28273 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28274 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28275 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28276 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28278 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28280 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28281 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28282 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28283 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28285 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28289 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28290 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28291 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28292 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28293 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28294 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28295 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28297 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28298 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28300 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28303 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28305 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28311 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28312 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28313 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28314 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28315 ;;;;;; (17908 29123))
28316 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28318 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28319 Toggle typing break mode.
28320 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28322 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28324 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28326 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28327 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28329 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28331 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28332 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28334 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28335 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28336 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28338 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28339 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28341 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28343 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28344 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28346 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28347 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28348 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28349 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28351 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28353 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28354 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28355 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28357 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28358 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28359 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28360 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28361 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28362 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28364 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28365 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28366 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28367 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28369 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28370 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28372 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28373 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28375 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28377 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28378 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28379 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28381 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28382 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28383 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28384 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28385 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28386 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28387 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28389 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28390 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28392 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28393 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28394 reset the keystroke counter.
28396 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28397 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28398 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28399 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28401 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28402 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28403 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28404 `type-break-schedule' command.
28406 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28407 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28408 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28409 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28410 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28411 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28412 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28413 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28414 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28416 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28417 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28418 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28419 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28420 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28422 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28423 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28424 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28425 approximate good values for this.
28427 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28428 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28430 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28431 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28432 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28433 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28434 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28435 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28437 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28438 a typing break occur. They include:
28440 `type-break-query-mode'
28441 `type-break-query-function'
28442 `type-break-query-interval'
28444 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28446 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28447 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28448 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28451 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28453 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28454 Take a typing break.
28456 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28457 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28459 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28460 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28464 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28465 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28466 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28467 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28471 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28472 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28474 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28475 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28476 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28477 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28478 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28479 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28480 average typing speed.)
28482 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28483 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28484 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28485 the computed maximum threshold.
28487 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28488 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28489 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28490 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28491 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28493 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28497 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28498 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17842 58276))
28499 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28501 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28502 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28503 Works by overstriking underscores.
28504 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28505 which specify the range to operate on.
28507 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28509 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28510 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28511 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28512 which specify the range to operate on.
28514 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28518 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28519 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17842 55035))
28520 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28522 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28523 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28524 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28528 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28529 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28530 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28531 following the containing message.
28537 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28538 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
28539 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28541 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28542 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28543 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28544 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28545 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28546 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28550 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28551 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28553 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28557 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17842
28559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28561 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28562 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28563 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28564 of symbols with local bindings.
28566 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28570 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28571 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17842 56569))
28572 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28574 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28575 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28576 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28578 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28579 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28580 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28581 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28582 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28583 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28585 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28586 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28587 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28589 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28590 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28591 the callback is not called).
28593 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28594 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28595 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28598 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28600 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28601 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28602 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28603 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28604 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28606 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28610 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28611 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17854 10173))
28612 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28614 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28615 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28616 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28618 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28619 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28620 `url-generic-parse-url'
28621 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28622 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28623 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28625 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28626 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28627 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28628 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28629 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28630 what type of auth to use
28631 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28632 if one cannot be found in the cache
28634 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28636 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28637 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28639 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28640 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28641 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28642 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28643 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28644 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28645 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28646 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28648 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28652 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28653 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17842
28655 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28657 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28658 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28660 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28662 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28663 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28665 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28667 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28668 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28670 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28672 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28673 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28675 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28679 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17842 56569))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28682 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28685 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28689 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28690 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17842 56569))
28691 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28693 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28696 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28698 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28701 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28705 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17842
28707 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28709 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28710 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28712 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28716 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28717 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17842 56569))
28718 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28720 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28721 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28725 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28726 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28727 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28728 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28729 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28731 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28735 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28736 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17842
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28740 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28741 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28742 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28745 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28747 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28749 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28750 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28754 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28755 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28756 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28757 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28758 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28759 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28760 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28761 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28762 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28764 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28766 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28767 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28768 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28771 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28773 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28776 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28780 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28781 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17952 11683))
28782 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28784 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28785 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28786 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28787 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28788 CBARGS as the arguments.
28790 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28792 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28795 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28797 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28799 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28802 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28804 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28805 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28806 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28808 Property list members:
28811 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28815 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28819 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28822 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28825 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28826 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28827 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28830 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28832 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28833 Default HTTPS port.")
28835 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28836 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28838 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28839 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28840 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28841 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28842 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28846 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17842 56569))
28847 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28849 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28852 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28856 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17842
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28860 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28861 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28862 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28863 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28864 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28866 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28870 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28871 ;;;;;; (18012 18089))
28872 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28874 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28877 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28879 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28880 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28882 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28886 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28887 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17842 56569))
28888 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28890 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28891 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28893 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28895 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28896 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28898 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28900 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28903 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28905 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28907 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28909 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28911 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28912 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28914 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28918 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28919 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28920 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28922 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28925 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28927 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28930 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28934 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28935 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28936 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28937 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28939 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28942 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28944 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28947 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28949 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28952 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28954 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28957 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28959 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28962 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28964 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28967 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28969 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28972 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28976 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28977 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17954 22157))
28978 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28980 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28981 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28983 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28985 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28986 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28988 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28990 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28994 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28995 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28996 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28998 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28999 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29005 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29006 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29007 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
29008 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
29009 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
29010 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
29011 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
29012 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29014 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29015 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29016 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29018 If t, all messages will be logged.
29019 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29020 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29022 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
29024 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
29027 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29029 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
29032 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29034 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
29035 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29036 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29037 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29038 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29044 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29046 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
29047 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29048 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29050 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29052 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
29053 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29054 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29056 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29058 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29059 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29061 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29063 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29064 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29068 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29069 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29073 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29078 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29081 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29083 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29086 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29088 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
29089 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29091 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29093 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29096 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29098 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29099 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29100 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29101 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29102 forbidden in URL encoding.
29104 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29106 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29107 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29108 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29109 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29110 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29111 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29113 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29115 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29116 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29117 If optional variable X is t,
29118 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29120 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29122 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29123 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29124 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29126 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29128 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29129 View the current document's URL.
29130 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29133 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29135 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29139 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29140 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17842 58278))
29141 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29143 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29144 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29145 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29146 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29147 to refrain from editing the file
29148 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29149 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29150 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29151 in any way you like.
29153 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29155 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29156 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29157 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29158 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29159 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29161 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29162 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17842 54888))
29169 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29170 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29174 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29175 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29176 ;;;;;; (17855 50203))
29177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29179 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29180 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29181 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29182 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29184 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29186 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29187 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29188 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29190 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29192 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29193 Uudecode region between START and END.
29194 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29196 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29200 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29201 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29202 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29203 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29204 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29205 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29206 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17992 30877))
29207 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29209 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29210 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29213 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29215 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29216 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29217 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29219 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29221 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29222 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29225 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29227 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29228 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29230 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29232 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29233 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29235 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29237 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29238 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29239 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29240 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29241 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29242 somebody else, signal error.
29244 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29246 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29247 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29248 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29249 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29250 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29252 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29254 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29255 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29256 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29257 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29258 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29259 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29260 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29261 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29262 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29263 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29264 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29265 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29267 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29269 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29270 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29272 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29273 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29275 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29276 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29277 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29278 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29279 lock steals will raise an error.
29281 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29283 For RCS and SCCS files:
29284 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29286 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29287 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29288 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29289 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29290 it performs a revert.
29291 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29292 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29293 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29294 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29295 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29296 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29297 the option to steal the lock.
29300 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29301 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29302 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29303 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29304 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29305 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29306 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29307 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29308 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29310 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29312 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29313 Register the current file into a version control system.
29314 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29315 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29317 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29318 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29319 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29320 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29321 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29322 first backend that could register the file is used.
29324 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29326 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29327 Display diffs between file versions.
29328 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29329 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29330 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29331 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29332 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29335 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29337 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29338 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29339 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29340 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29344 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29345 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29346 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29347 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29351 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29352 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29353 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29354 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29355 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29356 from the current branch.
29358 See Info node `Merging'.
29362 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29364 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29365 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29367 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29369 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29370 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29372 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29374 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29375 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29376 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29377 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29378 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29379 are checked out in that new branch.
29381 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29383 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29384 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29385 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29386 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29387 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29388 allowed and simply skipped).
29390 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29392 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29393 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29394 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29396 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29398 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29399 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29400 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29401 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29402 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29406 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29407 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29408 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29409 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29410 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29411 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29415 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29416 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29417 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29419 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29421 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29422 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29423 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29424 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29425 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29426 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29427 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29429 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29431 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29432 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29433 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29434 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29435 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29436 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29437 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29438 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29439 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29441 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29443 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29444 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29446 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29448 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29449 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29450 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29453 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29455 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29456 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29457 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29459 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29460 log entries should be gathered.
29462 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29464 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29465 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29467 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29468 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29469 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29470 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29471 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29472 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29474 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29475 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29476 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29477 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29478 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29479 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29480 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29481 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29483 Customization variables:
29485 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29486 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29487 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29488 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29490 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17930 34221))
29495 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29496 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29497 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29500 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17842 58278))
29505 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29506 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29507 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29508 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29510 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17842 58278))
29515 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29516 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29517 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29520 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29524 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29525 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
29526 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29528 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29529 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29530 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29532 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29533 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29537 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29538 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
29539 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29541 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29542 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29543 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29545 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29546 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29548 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29549 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29550 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29551 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17881 64914))
29556 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29557 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29558 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29559 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29562 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29563 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29564 (file-name-directory f)))
29566 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29568 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29572 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29573 ;;;;;; (17962 27361))
29574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29576 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29577 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29582 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29583 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29584 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29585 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29586 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29587 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29588 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29589 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29590 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29592 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29593 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29594 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29595 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29597 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29598 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29599 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29600 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29601 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29603 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29604 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29608 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29609 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29610 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29614 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29615 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29616 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29617 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29619 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29620 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29621 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29622 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29623 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29627 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29628 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29629 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29630 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29632 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29633 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29634 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29635 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29636 beginning with \"std\").
29638 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29639 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29640 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29645 `--' puts a single comment.
29646 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29647 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29648 with a comment in between.
29649 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29650 out following lines.
29651 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29652 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29654 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29655 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29656 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29657 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29658 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29661 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29662 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29663 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29664 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29665 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29666 multi-line comments.
29670 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29671 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29672 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29673 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29675 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29676 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29677 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29678 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29680 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29681 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29684 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29685 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29689 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29690 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29691 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29692 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29693 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29694 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29695 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29696 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29698 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29699 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29700 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29701 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29702 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29705 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29706 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29707 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29709 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29710 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29714 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29715 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29716 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29717 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29718 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29719 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29722 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29723 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29724 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29725 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29728 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29732 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29733 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29734 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29735 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29736 internal signal initializations (menu).
29738 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29739 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29740 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29742 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29743 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29744 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29745 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29746 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29747 in subsequent paste operations.)
29749 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29750 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29751 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29754 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29755 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29756 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29757 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29758 association list with formals).
29761 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29762 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29763 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29764 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29765 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29766 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29767 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29768 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29773 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29777 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29781 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29782 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29783 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29785 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29786 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29789 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29790 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29791 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29792 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29794 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29795 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29796 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29798 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29799 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29800 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29801 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29803 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29804 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29805 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29806 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29807 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29809 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29810 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29811 required by secondary units.
29814 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29815 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29816 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29817 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29818 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29819 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29820 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29821 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29822 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29823 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29824 inputs to this component -> input port created
29825 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29826 outputs from this component -> output port created
29827 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29828 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29830 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29831 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29832 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29833 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29834 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29836 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29837 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29839 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29840 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29841 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29842 component instantiation is also supported (option
29843 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29845 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29846 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29847 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29848 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29849 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29850 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29851 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29852 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29853 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29854 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29855 | generating the configuration.
29857 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29858 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29859 | configurations in speedbar.
29861 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29864 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29865 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29866 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29867 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29868 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29869 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29870 information. New compilers can be added.
29872 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29873 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29876 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29877 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29878 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29879 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29880 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29882 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29885 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29886 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29887 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29889 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29890 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29891 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29892 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29893 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29894 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29895 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29898 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29899 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29900 not (yet) supported.
29901 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29902 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29903 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29907 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29908 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29909 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29910 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29911 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29912 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29913 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29914 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29916 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29917 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29918 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29919 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29920 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29921 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29922 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29923 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29924 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29925 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29926 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29930 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29931 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29932 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29933 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29934 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29935 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29936 current directory for VHDL source files.
29940 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29941 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29945 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29946 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29947 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29948 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29949 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29950 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29951 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29952 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29955 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29956 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29957 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29958 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29959 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29960 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29961 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29963 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29964 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29965 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29966 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29967 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29968 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29970 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29971 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29972 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29973 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29974 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29977 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29978 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29979 highlighted if written in lower case.
29981 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29982 highlighted using a different background color if option
29983 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29985 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29986 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29987 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29988 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29989 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29993 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29994 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29995 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29999 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30000 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30001 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30002 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30003 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30007 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30008 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30010 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30011 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30012 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30013 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30014 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30015 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30016 (used to obtain the port names).
30020 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30021 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30025 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30026 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30027 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30028 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30029 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30030 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30031 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30036 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30037 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30038 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30039 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30040 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30042 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30043 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30044 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30045 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30046 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30049 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30050 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30054 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30055 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30056 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30058 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30062 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30063 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30065 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30067 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30069 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30073 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30079 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30080 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30082 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30084 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30085 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30086 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30087 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30089 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30090 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30091 where the latest version can be found.
30097 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30098 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30099 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30102 The VHDL Mode Authors
30103 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30114 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17788 40208))
30115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30117 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30118 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30119 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30120 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30122 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30123 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30124 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30125 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30126 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30128 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30129 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30131 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30133 * Limitations and unsupported features
30134 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30136 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30137 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30140 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30141 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30142 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30143 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30144 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30145 for undoing a repeated change command.
30146 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30147 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30148 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30151 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30152 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30153 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30154 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30155 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30156 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30157 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30158 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30160 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30166 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30167 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30168 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30169 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17842 58278))
30170 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30172 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30173 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30175 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30177 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30178 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30179 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30180 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30182 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30184 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30185 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30189 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30190 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30191 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30192 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30194 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30196 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30197 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30201 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30204 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30206 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30209 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30213 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30214 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30215 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18006
30217 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30219 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30220 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30221 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30222 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30224 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30226 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30227 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30228 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30229 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30230 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30231 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30232 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30234 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30238 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30239 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30240 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30241 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30242 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30243 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30245 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30251 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30252 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30253 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30254 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30255 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30256 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30257 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30258 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30260 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30264 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30265 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30266 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30267 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30268 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30269 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30270 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30272 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30274 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30275 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30276 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30278 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30280 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30281 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30282 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30283 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30284 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30285 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30286 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30287 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30289 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30291 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30292 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30293 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30295 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30297 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30298 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30299 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30300 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30301 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30302 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30303 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30304 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30306 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30308 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30309 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30310 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30312 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30314 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30315 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30316 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30318 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30319 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30320 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30323 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30324 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30325 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30326 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30327 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30329 H, h, ? This message.
30330 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30331 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30332 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30333 > move to the end of buffer.
30334 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30335 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30336 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30337 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30338 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30339 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30340 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30341 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30342 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30343 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30344 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30345 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30346 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30347 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30348 Use this to view a changing file.
30349 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30350 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30351 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30353 x exchanges point and mark.
30354 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30355 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30356 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30357 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30358 ' go to position saved in character register.
30359 s do forward incremental search.
30360 r do reverse incremental search.
30361 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30362 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30363 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30364 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30365 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30366 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30367 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30368 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30369 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30370 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30371 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30372 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30373 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30374 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30375 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30376 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30377 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30379 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30380 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30381 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30382 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30383 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30384 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30385 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30386 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30387 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30389 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30393 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30394 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30395 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30396 `view-return-to-alist'.
30397 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30398 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30399 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30401 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30402 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30403 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30404 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30405 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30407 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30408 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30409 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30410 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30412 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30414 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30416 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30418 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30419 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30425 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17842
30427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30429 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30430 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30434 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30435 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30441 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30442 ;;;;;; (17921 23052))
30443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30445 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30446 Toggle Viper on/off.
30447 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30451 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30452 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30458 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30459 ;;;;;; (17935 13348))
30460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30462 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30463 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30464 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30465 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30466 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30467 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30468 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30469 the beginning of the warning.")
30471 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30472 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30473 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30474 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30475 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30476 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30477 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30478 also call that function before the next warning.")
30480 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30481 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30483 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30484 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30485 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30486 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30488 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30489 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30490 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30491 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30492 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30493 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30495 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30496 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30497 Default is :warning.
30499 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30500 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30501 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30502 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30503 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30504 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30506 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30507 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30508 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30510 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30512 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30513 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30515 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30517 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30518 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30519 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30520 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30522 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30523 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30524 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30525 can be whatever you like.)
30527 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30528 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30530 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30531 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30532 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30533 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30534 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30536 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30538 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30539 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30540 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30541 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30542 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30544 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30548 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30549 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30550 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30552 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30553 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30554 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30555 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30556 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30565 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17842 55218))
30566 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30568 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30569 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30571 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30574 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30581 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30582 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
30583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30584 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30585 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30587 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30589 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30590 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30591 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30593 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30594 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30596 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30598 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30599 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30600 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30601 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30603 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30610 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30611 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30612 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30613 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30614 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30615 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
30616 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30618 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30619 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30623 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30624 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30628 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30629 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30633 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30634 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30638 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30639 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30643 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30644 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30646 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30647 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30648 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30649 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30650 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30652 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30654 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30655 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30657 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30659 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30660 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30664 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30665 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30666 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30667 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30668 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30672 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30673 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30677 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30679 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30680 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30681 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30683 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30684 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30686 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30688 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30689 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30690 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30692 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30693 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30697 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30698 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30699 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30705 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30706 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17842 58278))
30707 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30709 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30710 Browse the widget under point.
30714 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30715 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30717 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30719 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30720 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30722 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30724 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30725 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30726 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30732 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30733 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17952
30735 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30737 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30738 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30740 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30742 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30743 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30744 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30746 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30748 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30749 Create widget of TYPE.
30750 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30752 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30754 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30757 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30759 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30760 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30762 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30764 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30766 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30767 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30768 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30770 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30771 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30777 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30778 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17842
30780 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30782 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30783 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30784 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30785 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30786 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30787 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30788 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30792 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30793 Select the window above the current one.
30794 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30795 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30796 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30797 negative ARG) of the current window.
30798 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30802 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30803 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30804 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30805 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30806 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30807 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30808 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30812 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30813 Select the window below the current one.
30814 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30815 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30816 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30817 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30818 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30822 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30823 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30824 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30825 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30827 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30831 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30832 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30833 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30835 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30836 Toggle Winner mode.
30837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30838 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30840 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30842 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30843 Toggle Winner mode.
30844 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30850 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30851 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17949 41467))
30852 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30854 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30855 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30856 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30857 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30858 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30859 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30860 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30861 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30863 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30864 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30866 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30868 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30869 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30873 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30874 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30875 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30876 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30877 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30878 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30879 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30880 `woman' command for further details.
30882 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30886 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30887 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
30888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30890 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30891 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30894 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30895 are not implemented
30896 - Options for search and replace
30897 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30898 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30900 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30903 The key bindings are:
30913 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30915 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30916 C-l ws-repeat-search
30919 C-r scroll-down-line
30926 C-y kill-complete-line
30929 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30930 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30931 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30932 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30933 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30934 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30935 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30936 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30937 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30938 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30939 C-k b ws-begin-block
30940 C-k c ws-copy-block
30941 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30943 C-k h ws-show-markers
30944 C-k i ws-indent-block
30946 C-k p ws-print-block
30949 C-k s save-some-buffers
30951 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30952 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30953 C-k v ws-move-block
30954 C-k w ws-write-block
30956 C-k y ws-delete-block
30958 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30959 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30960 C-o j justify-current-line
30963 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30964 C-o r set-fill-column
30965 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30966 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30967 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30968 C-o wo other-window
30969 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30971 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30972 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30973 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30974 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30975 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30976 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30977 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30978 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30979 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30980 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30981 C-q a ws-query-replace
30982 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30983 C-q c end-of-buffer
30986 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30988 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30989 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30990 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30991 C-q w ws-last-error
30993 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30999 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31000 ;;;;;; (17916 14776))
31001 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31003 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
31004 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31005 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31006 Returns the top node with all its children.
31007 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31008 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31010 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31012 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
31013 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31014 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31015 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31016 is not well-formed XML.
31017 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31018 and returned as the first element of the list.
31019 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31021 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31025 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18007
31027 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31029 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31030 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31031 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31034 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31036 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
31038 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
31039 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31040 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
31042 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31043 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31044 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31045 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31046 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31047 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31053 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31054 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17842 54741))
31055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31057 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
31058 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31060 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31062 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31063 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31069 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31070 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17842 55395))
31071 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31073 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31074 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31076 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31078 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31079 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31081 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31083 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31084 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31085 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31087 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31089 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31090 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31096 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17941 38806))
31097 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31099 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31100 Zone out, completely.
31106 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31107 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31108 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31109 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31110 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31111 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31112 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31113 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31114 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31115 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31116 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31117 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31118 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31119 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31120 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31121 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31122 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31123 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31124 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31125 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31126 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31127 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31128 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31129 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31130 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31131 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31132 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31133 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31134 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31135 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31136 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31137 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31138 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31139 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31140 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31141 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31142 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31143 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
31144 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31145 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31146 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31147 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31148 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31149 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31150 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31151 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31152 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31153 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
31154 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31155 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31156 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31157 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31158 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31159 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31160 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31161 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31162 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31163 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31164 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31165 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31166 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31167 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31168 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31169 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31170 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31171 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31172 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31173 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31174 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31175 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31176 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31177 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31178 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31179 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31180 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31181 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31182 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31183 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31184 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31185 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31186 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31187 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31188 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31189 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31190 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31191 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31192 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31193 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31194 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31195 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31196 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31197 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31198 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31199 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31200 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31201 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31202 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31203 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31204 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31205 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31206 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31207 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31208 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31209 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31210 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31211 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31212 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31213 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31214 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31215 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31216 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31217 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31218 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31219 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31220 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31221 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31222 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31223 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31224 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "termdev.el"
31225 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31226 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31227 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
31228 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
31229 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31230 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31231 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31232 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31233 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31234 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31235 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31236 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (18016 62249 573562))
31240 ;;; Local Variables:
31241 ;;; version-control: never
31242 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
31243 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
31245 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here